1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
49 using namespace clang;
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
54 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
65 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
66 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
67 WantExpressionKeywords = false;
68 WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
69 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
73 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
74 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
75 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
77 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
81 bool AllowInvalidDecl;
87 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
88 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
90 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
91 // token kind is a valid type specifier
95 case tok::kw___int128:
97 case tok::kw_unsigned:
104 case tok::kw_wchar_t:
106 case tok::kw___underlying_type:
109 case tok::annot_typename:
110 case tok::kw_char16_t:
111 case tok::kw_char32_t:
113 case tok::annot_decltype:
114 case tok::kw_decltype:
115 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
124 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
125 /// return the declaration of that type.
127 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
128 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
129 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
130 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
131 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
172 return ParsedType::make(T);
178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184 // lookup for class-names.
185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192 // nested-name-specifier.
193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202 LookupName(Result, S);
205 // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206 LookupName(Result, S);
209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211 case LookupResult::NotFound:
212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216 Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231 // is handled elsewhere).
232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
240 diagnoseTypo(Correction,
241 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
242 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
244 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
245 *CorrectedII = NewII;
250 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
251 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
252 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
253 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
256 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
257 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
258 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
259 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
260 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
261 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
262 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
263 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
267 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
268 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
269 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
270 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
272 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
273 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
280 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
281 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
282 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
283 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
285 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
289 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
290 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
291 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
292 // perform the name lookup again.
295 case LookupResult::Found:
296 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
300 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
303 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
304 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
307 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
309 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
310 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
311 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
312 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
313 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
314 // Construct a type with type-source information.
315 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
316 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
318 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
319 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
320 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
321 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
322 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
324 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
328 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
330 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
334 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
335 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
338 return ParsedType::make(T);
341 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
342 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
343 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
344 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose
345 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
346 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
347 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
348 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
349 LookupName(R, S, false);
350 R.suppressDiagnostics();
351 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
352 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
353 switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
354 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
355 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
356 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union;
357 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class;
358 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
362 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
365 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
366 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
367 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
368 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
370 /// template<class T> class A {
372 /// typedef int TYPE;
374 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
376 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
379 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
380 if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
381 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
383 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
384 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
385 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
386 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
388 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
390 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
394 SourceLocation IILoc,
397 ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
398 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
399 SuggestedType = ParsedType();
401 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
402 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
403 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
404 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
405 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
407 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
408 // We corrected to a keyword.
409 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
410 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
412 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
413 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
414 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
415 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
417 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
418 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
419 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
420 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
422 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
424 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
428 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
429 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
431 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
432 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
434 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
435 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
440 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
441 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
443 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
444 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
445 TemplateTy TemplateResult;
446 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
447 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
448 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
449 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
450 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
451 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
452 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
453 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
454 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
460 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
461 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
463 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
465 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
466 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
467 << II << DC << SS->getRange();
468 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
469 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
470 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
471 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
473 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
474 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
475 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
476 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
477 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
478 *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
480 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
481 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
487 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
489 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
490 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
491 NextToken.is(tok::less);
493 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
494 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
497 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
504 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
505 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
506 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
507 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
508 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
509 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
510 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
511 const char *TagName = 0;
512 const char *FixItTagName = 0;
513 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
516 FixItTagName = "class ";
521 FixItTagName = "enum ";
526 FixItTagName = "struct ";
530 TagName = "__interface";
531 FixItTagName = "__interface ";
536 FixItTagName = "union ";
540 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
541 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
542 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
544 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
546 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
549 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
550 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
551 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
558 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
559 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
560 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
561 ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
563 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
564 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
566 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
567 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
568 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
569 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
570 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
573 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
575 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
576 SourceLocation NameLoc,
577 const Token &NextToken,
578 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
579 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
580 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
581 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
583 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
584 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
585 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
589 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
590 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
592 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
593 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
594 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
595 // unqualified lookup mechanism.
596 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
597 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
598 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
602 bool SecondTry = false;
603 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
606 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
607 case LookupResult::NotFound:
608 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
610 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
611 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
614 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
617 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
618 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
619 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
620 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
621 // the function call, the declaration
623 // extern int identifier ();
627 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
628 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
630 Result.resolveKind();
631 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
635 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
636 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
637 // "struct", or "union".
638 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
639 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
643 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
644 // close to this name.
645 if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
647 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
648 Result.getLookupKind(), S,
650 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
651 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
653 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
654 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
655 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
656 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
657 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
658 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
659 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
660 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
661 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
662 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
663 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
664 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
665 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
669 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
670 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
671 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
672 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
673 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
674 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
675 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
676 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
679 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
680 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
682 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
683 if (Corrected.isKeyword())
686 // Also update the LookupResult...
687 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
689 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
691 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
693 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
694 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
695 // reference the ivar.
696 // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
697 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
699 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
707 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
708 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
709 return NameClassification::Unknown();
711 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
712 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
713 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
714 // dependent nested-name-specifier.
717 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
718 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
719 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
720 // qualified by the keyword typename.
722 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
723 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
724 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
726 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
727 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
731 case LookupResult::Found:
732 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
733 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
736 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
738 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
739 // C++ [temp.local]p3:
740 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
741 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
742 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
743 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
744 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
745 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
748 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
749 // so try again after filtering out template names.
750 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
751 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
752 IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
757 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
758 return NameClassification::Error();
761 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
762 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
763 // C++ [temp.names]p3:
764 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
765 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
766 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
767 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
768 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
769 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
770 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
772 if (!Result.empty()) {
773 bool IsFunctionTemplate;
775 TemplateName Template;
776 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
777 IsFunctionTemplate = true;
778 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
782 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
783 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
784 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
786 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
787 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
788 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
791 Template = TemplateName(TD);
794 if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
795 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
796 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
797 // to based on which function we selected.
798 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
800 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
803 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
804 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
808 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
809 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
810 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
811 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
813 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
814 return ParsedType::make(T);
817 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
819 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
820 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
821 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
822 Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
826 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
828 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
829 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
830 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
831 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
832 return NameClassification::Unknown();
835 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
836 return ParsedType::make(T);
839 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
840 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
841 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
842 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
844 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
845 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
846 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
847 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
848 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
849 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
850 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
851 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
852 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
854 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
855 return ParsedType::make(T);
858 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
859 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
861 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
862 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
865 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
866 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
867 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
868 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
870 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
871 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
872 // the context we'll need to return to.
873 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
874 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally
875 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These
876 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
877 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
878 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
879 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
880 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
881 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
882 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
883 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
885 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
887 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
890 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
891 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost
892 // class is the context we need to return to.
893 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
896 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
901 return DC->getLexicalParent();
904 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
905 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
906 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
911 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
912 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
914 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
915 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
918 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
919 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
921 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
922 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
923 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
924 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
925 // if the name was used in a member function of X.
926 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
927 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
928 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
929 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
930 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
932 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
933 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
934 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
935 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
936 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
938 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
941 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
942 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
943 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
950 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
951 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
953 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
954 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
955 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
956 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
957 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
959 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
964 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
965 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
966 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
967 // We assume that the caller has already called
968 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
969 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
974 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
975 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
976 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
977 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
979 S->setEntity(CurContext);
981 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
982 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
983 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
984 if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
986 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
992 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
993 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
994 // rather than the top-level class.
995 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
996 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
997 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1001 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1002 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1004 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1005 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1006 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1007 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1008 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1010 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1011 ASTContext &Context) {
1012 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1015 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1018 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1019 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1022 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1023 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1024 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1025 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1027 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1030 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1031 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1032 // into any context.
1034 CurContext->addDecl(D);
1036 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1037 // are function-local declarations.
1038 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1039 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1040 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1041 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1044 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1045 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1046 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1049 // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1050 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1051 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1052 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1053 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1055 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1057 // Should only need to replace one decl.
1064 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1065 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1066 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1067 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1068 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1069 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1070 if (IDC == CurContext) {
1071 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1073 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1077 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1079 IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1083 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1084 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1085 TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1088 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1089 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1090 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1091 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1094 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1095 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1097 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1098 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1100 } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1105 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1109 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1110 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1111 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1112 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1113 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1114 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1115 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1116 while (F.hasNext()) {
1117 NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1119 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1122 if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1123 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1132 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1133 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1134 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1135 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1138 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1139 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1140 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1142 if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1148 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1151 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1152 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1155 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1156 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1158 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1161 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1162 return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1163 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1164 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1168 // We need this to handle
1171 // void *foo() { return 0; }
1174 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1175 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1176 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1177 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1178 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1180 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1181 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1182 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1183 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1184 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1187 DC = DC->getParent();
1190 return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1193 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1195 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1196 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1198 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1201 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1204 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1207 // Ignore class templates.
1208 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1209 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1212 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1213 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1216 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1217 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1220 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1221 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1222 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1226 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1227 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1229 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1230 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1231 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1233 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1236 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1239 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1240 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1246 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1247 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1254 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1255 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1256 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1257 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1260 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1261 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1262 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1263 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1266 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1267 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1271 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1274 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1277 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1280 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1281 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1282 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1285 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1286 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1288 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1289 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1291 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1292 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1293 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1297 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1298 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1299 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1302 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1303 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1304 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1307 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1308 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1311 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1312 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1313 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1314 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1315 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1316 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1317 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1318 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1325 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1331 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1333 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1334 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1335 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1336 if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1338 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1339 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1344 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1345 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1346 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1348 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1351 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1354 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1355 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1356 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1357 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1359 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1361 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1364 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1365 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
1366 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
1367 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1368 if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1369 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1372 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1373 if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1374 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1375 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1377 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1380 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1382 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1383 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1385 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1387 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1388 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1389 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1391 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1392 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1393 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1395 // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1396 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1398 DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(S);
1401 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1402 ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1405 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1406 assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1407 --InFunctionDeclarator;
1410 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1412 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1413 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1414 /// to the fixed name.
1416 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1418 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1419 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1421 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1422 /// class could not be found.
1423 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1424 SourceLocation IdLoc,
1425 bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1426 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1427 // creation from this context.
1428 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1430 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1431 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1432 // find an Objective-C class name.
1433 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1434 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1435 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1437 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1438 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1439 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1442 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1443 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1444 if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1445 Def = Def->getDefinition();
1449 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1450 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1451 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1452 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1453 /// ill-formed in C++:
1459 /// void test_S6() {
1464 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1465 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1466 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1467 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1468 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1469 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1470 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1471 /// contain non-field names.
1472 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1473 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1474 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1475 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1480 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1481 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1482 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1483 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1484 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1485 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1486 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1488 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1490 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1491 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1492 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1493 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1494 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1495 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1498 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1499 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1500 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1502 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1503 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1504 SourceLocation Loc) {
1505 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1507 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1509 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1510 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1512 case ASTContext::GE_None:
1516 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1517 if (ForRedeclaration)
1518 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1519 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1522 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1523 if (ForRedeclaration)
1524 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1525 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1528 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1529 if (ForRedeclaration)
1530 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1535 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1536 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1537 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1539 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1540 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1541 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1542 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1543 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1544 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1547 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1549 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1550 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1551 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1552 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1553 Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1556 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1558 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1561 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1564 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1566 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1567 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1568 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1570 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1571 SourceLocation(), 0,
1572 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1574 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1575 Params.push_back(parm);
1577 New->setParams(Params);
1580 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1581 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1583 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1584 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1585 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1586 // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1587 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1588 CurContext = Parent;
1589 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1590 CurContext = SavedContext;
1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1600 LookupResult &previous){
1601 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1602 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1605 // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1606 if (previous.empty())
1609 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1610 while (filter.hasNext()) {
1611 NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1613 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1614 if (!old->isHidden())
1617 if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1626 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1627 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1629 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1630 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1632 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1633 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1634 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1637 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1638 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639 New->setInvalidDecl();
1643 if (OldType != NewType &&
1644 !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1645 !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1646 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1649 << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652 New->setInvalidDecl();
1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1664 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1668 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1669 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1670 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1671 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1672 switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1676 if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1678 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1679 if (!T->isPointerType())
1681 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1682 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1683 if (!PT->isStructureType())
1686 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1687 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1688 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1692 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1694 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1695 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1696 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1699 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1701 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1702 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1703 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1706 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1709 // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1710 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1713 << New->getDeclName();
1715 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1716 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1719 return New->setInvalidDecl();
1722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1724 return New->setInvalidDecl();
1726 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1727 // with any extensions enabled.
1728 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1731 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1732 // the old declaration was a typedef.
1733 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1734 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1735 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1738 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1742 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1743 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1744 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1745 // to the type to which it already refers.
1746 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1749 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1750 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1751 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1752 // to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1754 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1755 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1758 // typedef struct A { } A;
1761 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1762 // allow the above but disallow
1769 // since that was the intent of DR56.
1770 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1773 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1774 << New->getDeclName();
1775 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1776 return New->setInvalidDecl();
1779 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1780 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1783 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
1784 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1785 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
1786 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1787 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1788 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1789 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1793 << New->getDeclName();
1794 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1798 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1801 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1802 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1803 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1804 // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1805 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1809 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1810 switch (A->getKind()) {
1811 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1812 case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1813 case attr::LocksExcluded:
1814 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1815 case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1816 case attr::UnlockFunction:
1817 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1818 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1819 case attr::GuardedBy:
1820 case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1821 case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1822 case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1828 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1829 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1830 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1831 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1833 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1837 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1838 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1839 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1846 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1847 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1848 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1849 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1850 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1854 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1855 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1857 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1858 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1859 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1860 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1861 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1862 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1863 unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1864 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1865 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1866 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1867 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1869 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1870 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1871 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1872 // definition in such a case.
1873 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1877 OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1879 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1880 if (Align > OldAlign) {
1882 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1886 // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1887 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1888 unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1889 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1890 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1891 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1892 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1896 NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1898 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1899 if (Align > NewAlign)
1903 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1904 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1905 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1906 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1907 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1909 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1910 // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1911 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1913 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1916 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1919 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1921 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1924 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1925 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1926 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1927 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1928 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1932 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1933 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1934 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1935 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1936 // equivalent alignment.
1938 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1939 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1940 // have no alignment specifier.
1941 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1943 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1944 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1947 bool AnyAdded = false;
1949 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1950 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1951 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1952 Clone->setInherited(true);
1953 New->addAttr(Clone);
1957 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1958 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1959 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1960 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1961 Clone->setInherited(true);
1962 New->addAttr(Clone);
1969 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1971 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1972 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1973 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1974 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1975 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1976 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1977 AA->getMessage(), Override,
1978 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1979 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1980 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1981 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1982 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1983 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1984 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1985 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1986 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1987 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1988 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1989 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1990 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1991 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1992 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1993 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1994 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1995 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1996 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1997 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1998 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1999 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2000 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2002 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2003 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2006 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2007 D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2014 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2015 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2016 return TD->getDefinition();
2017 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2018 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2021 return VD->getActingDefinition();
2023 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2024 const FunctionDecl* Def;
2025 if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2031 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2032 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2034 Attr *Attribute = *I;
2035 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2041 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2042 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2043 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2044 if (!New->hasAttrs())
2047 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2048 if (!Def || Def == New)
2051 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2052 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2053 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2055 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2056 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2057 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2059 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2060 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2061 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2062 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2063 : diag::err_redefinition;
2064 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2065 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2066 VD->setInvalidDecl();
2072 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2073 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2074 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2080 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2082 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2085 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2086 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2089 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2090 if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2091 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2092 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2093 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2094 // equivalent alignment.
2096 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2097 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2098 // have no alignment specifier.
2099 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2101 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2103 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2109 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2110 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2111 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2112 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2117 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2118 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2119 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2120 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2121 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2122 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2123 New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2126 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2129 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2130 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2132 if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2135 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2137 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2139 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2141 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2142 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2143 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2145 bool Override = false;
2146 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2147 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2148 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2149 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2154 case AMK_Redeclaration:
2164 if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i))
2167 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2171 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2174 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2177 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2179 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2180 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2182 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2183 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2184 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2185 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2186 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2187 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2188 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2189 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2190 // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2191 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2192 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2193 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2194 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2195 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2196 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2197 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2200 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2203 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2205 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2206 // done before we process them.
2207 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2209 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2210 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2211 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2212 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2213 InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2214 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2215 newAttr->setInherited(true);
2216 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2221 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2226 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2228 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2229 ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2230 ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2231 QualType PromotedType;
2236 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2237 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2238 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2239 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2240 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2242 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2243 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2245 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2246 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2247 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2248 return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2249 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2250 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2251 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2252 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2255 return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2258 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2259 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2261 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2262 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2263 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2264 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2265 FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2266 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2269 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2270 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2271 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2272 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2276 template <typename T>
2277 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2278 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2282 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2283 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2285 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2290 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2291 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2292 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2293 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2295 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2296 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2297 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2300 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2301 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2302 bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2303 // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2304 FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2305 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2306 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2307 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2309 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2311 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2312 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2313 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2314 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2315 diag::note_using_decl_target);
2316 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2317 diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2321 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2322 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2323 diag::note_using_decl_target);
2324 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2325 diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2329 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2330 << New->getDeclName();
2331 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2335 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2336 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2339 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2340 // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2341 diag::kind PrevDiag;
2342 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2343 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2344 else if (Old->isImplicit())
2345 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2347 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2349 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2350 // is an extern inline function.
2351 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2353 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2354 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2355 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2356 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2357 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2358 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2359 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2360 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2362 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2363 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2369 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2370 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2371 // convention of the first.
2373 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2374 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2376 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2377 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or
2378 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2380 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2381 // other tests to run.
2382 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2383 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2384 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2385 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2386 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2387 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2388 bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2390 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2391 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2392 const FunctionType *FT =
2393 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2394 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2395 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2396 if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2397 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2398 // there but not here.
2399 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2400 RequiresAdjustment = true;
2402 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2403 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2404 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2405 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2407 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2408 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2410 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2411 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2416 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2417 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2418 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2419 RequiresAdjustment = true;
2422 // Merge regparm attribute.
2423 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2424 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2425 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2426 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2427 << NewType->getRegParmType()
2428 << OldType->getRegParmType();
2429 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2433 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2434 RequiresAdjustment = true;
2437 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2438 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2439 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2440 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2441 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2445 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2446 RequiresAdjustment = true;
2449 if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2450 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2451 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2452 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2453 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2454 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2457 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2458 // UndefinedButUsed.
2459 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2460 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2461 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2462 Old->isUsed(false) &&
2463 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2464 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2467 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2469 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2470 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2471 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2474 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2476 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2477 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2478 // cannot be overloaded.
2480 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2481 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2482 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2483 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2484 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2485 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2486 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2487 : OldType)->getResultType();
2488 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2489 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2490 : NewType)->getResultType();
2492 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2493 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2494 New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2495 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2496 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2497 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2498 if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2499 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2500 Diag(New->getLocation(),
2501 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2504 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2511 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2512 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2513 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2514 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2515 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2516 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2517 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2519 SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2520 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2521 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2522 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2523 SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2524 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2525 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2529 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2530 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2531 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2532 // Preserve triviality.
2533 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2535 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2536 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2537 // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2538 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2539 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2540 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2541 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2543 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2544 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2545 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2546 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2547 // is a static member function declaration.
2548 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2550 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2554 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2555 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2556 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2557 // class template can be declared and then later defined.
2558 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2560 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2561 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2562 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2563 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2564 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2565 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2567 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2569 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2572 << New << New->getType();
2574 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2576 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2577 // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2579 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2580 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2581 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2583 NewMethod->setImplicit();
2585 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2586 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2587 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2590 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2591 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2592 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2593 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2598 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2599 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2600 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2602 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2603 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2604 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2605 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2606 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2607 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2610 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2611 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2612 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2613 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2614 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2615 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2616 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2617 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2618 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2619 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2623 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2624 // return type and the parameter-type-list.
2625 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2627 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2628 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2629 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2630 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2631 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2632 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2633 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2634 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2637 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2638 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2639 // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2641 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2642 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2643 // linkage within class scope.
2645 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2646 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2648 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2650 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2656 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2657 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2659 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2660 New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2661 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2662 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2663 // when we instantiate the function.
2667 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2670 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2671 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2672 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2673 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2674 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2675 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2676 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2677 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2678 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2679 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2680 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2681 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2682 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2683 OldProto->arg_type_end());
2684 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2686 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2687 New->setType(NewQType);
2688 New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2690 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2691 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2692 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2693 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2694 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2695 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2696 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2698 SourceLocation(), 0,
2699 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2702 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2703 Param->setImplicit();
2704 Params.push_back(Param);
2707 New->setParams(Params);
2710 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2713 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2714 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2715 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2716 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2717 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2720 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2721 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
2722 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2724 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2725 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2726 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2727 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2728 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2729 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2730 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2731 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2732 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2733 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2735 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2736 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2737 NewProto->getResultType());
2738 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2739 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2740 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2741 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2742 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2743 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2744 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2745 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2746 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2748 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2749 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2750 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2751 Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2752 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2754 LooseCompatible = false;
2757 if (LooseCompatible) {
2758 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2759 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2760 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2761 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2762 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2763 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2764 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2765 diag::note_previous_declaration);
2768 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2769 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2770 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2771 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2774 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2777 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2778 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2780 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2781 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2783 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2784 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2785 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2786 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2787 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2788 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2789 << Old << Old->getType();
2791 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2792 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2794 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If
2795 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2796 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2797 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2798 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2799 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2800 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2805 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2808 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2809 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2813 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2814 /// known to be compatible.
2816 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2817 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2818 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2819 /// redeclaration of Old.
2822 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2823 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2824 // Merge the attributes
2825 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2827 // Merge "pure" flag.
2831 // Merge "used" flag.
2832 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2835 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R
2837 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2838 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2839 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2842 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2843 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2845 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2846 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2848 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2849 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2850 New->setType(Merged);
2856 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2857 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2859 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2860 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2861 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2863 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2865 // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2866 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2867 oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2868 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2869 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2870 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2871 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2873 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2876 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2877 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types,
2878 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2880 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2881 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2883 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2884 bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2885 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2890 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2891 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2893 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2894 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2895 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2897 // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2898 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2899 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2900 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2901 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2902 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2903 New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2904 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2905 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2906 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2907 NewArray->getElementType()))
2908 MergedT = New->getType();
2909 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2910 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2911 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2912 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2913 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2914 NewArray->getElementType()))
2915 MergedT = Old->getType();
2916 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2917 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2918 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2923 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2925 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2927 if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2928 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2929 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2930 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2932 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2933 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2934 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2935 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2936 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2937 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2938 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2939 New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2943 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2944 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2946 // extern int arr[];
2947 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2948 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2950 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2952 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2953 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2955 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2958 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2959 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2960 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2961 New->setType(MergedT);
2964 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2965 LookupResult &Previous) {
2967 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2968 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2969 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2970 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2971 // declaration becomes the composite type.
2973 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2974 if (Previous.isShadowed())
2977 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2978 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2979 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2980 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2981 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2982 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2983 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2984 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2986 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2987 // type unless we're in the same function.
2988 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2989 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2993 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2994 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
2995 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2997 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2998 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2999 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3001 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3002 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3003 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3006 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3008 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3009 (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
3010 if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3011 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0;
3013 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old;
3016 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3017 << New->getDeclName();
3018 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3019 diag::note_previous_definition);
3020 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3023 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3026 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3027 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3029 // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3030 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3032 << New->getIdentifier();
3033 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3034 New->setInvalidDecl();
3037 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3038 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3040 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3041 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3042 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3044 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3045 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3046 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3050 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3052 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3055 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3056 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3057 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3058 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3059 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3060 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3061 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3064 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3065 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3066 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3067 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3068 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3069 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3070 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3071 // identifier has external linkage.
3072 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3074 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3075 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3076 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3078 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3079 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3082 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3083 if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3084 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3085 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3087 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3089 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3090 !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3092 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3093 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3096 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3098 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3099 // need to check for mismatches.
3100 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3101 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3102 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3103 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3106 return New->setInvalidDecl();
3109 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3110 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3111 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3112 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3113 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3115 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3117 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3118 // static and dynamic initialization.
3119 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3120 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3121 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3122 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3123 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3127 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3129 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3130 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3131 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3133 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3134 New->setInvalidDecl();
3138 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3139 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3140 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3141 New->setInvalidDecl();
3145 // Merge "used" flag.
3146 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3149 // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3150 New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3152 // Inherit access appropriately.
3153 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3155 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
3156 if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3157 VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3161 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3162 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3163 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3165 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3168 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3169 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3172 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3173 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3175 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3177 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3178 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3179 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3183 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3184 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3185 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3186 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3187 ManglingContextDecl)) {
3188 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3192 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3193 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3194 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3195 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3197 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3198 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3201 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3202 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3203 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3204 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3205 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3206 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3208 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3211 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3212 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3214 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3215 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3216 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3217 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3221 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3222 Tag->setFreeStanding();
3223 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3227 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3228 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3229 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3230 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3231 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3232 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3233 << DS.getSourceRange();
3236 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3237 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3238 // and definitions of functions and variables.
3240 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3241 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3242 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3243 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3244 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3246 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3247 // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3251 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3253 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3254 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3255 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3258 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3261 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3262 bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3263 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3264 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3265 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3266 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3267 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3268 // or an explicit specialization.
3269 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3270 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3271 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3272 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3273 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3274 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3279 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3280 bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3282 // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3283 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3284 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3285 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3287 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3288 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3290 DeclaresAnything = false;
3294 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3295 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3296 CurContext->isRecord() &&
3297 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3298 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3301 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3302 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3303 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3304 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3305 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3306 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3307 << DS.getSourceRange();
3308 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3312 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3313 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3314 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3317 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3318 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3319 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3320 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3321 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3322 DeclaresAnything = false;
3324 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3325 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3326 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3327 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3328 << DS.getSourceRange();
3330 DeclaresAnything = false;
3333 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3334 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3335 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3336 << Tag->getTagKind()
3337 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3339 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3342 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3343 // or the members of an enumeration.
3345 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3346 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3347 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3348 // previous declaration.
3349 if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3350 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3351 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3352 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3357 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3358 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3359 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3360 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3361 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3363 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3364 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3366 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3368 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3369 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3371 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3372 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3373 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3374 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3376 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3377 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3378 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3379 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3380 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3381 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3382 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3383 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3384 // Restrict is covered above.
3385 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3386 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3389 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3390 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3391 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3392 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3393 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3394 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3395 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3396 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3397 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3398 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3399 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3401 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3403 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3404 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3405 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3406 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3407 attrs = attrs->getNext();
3415 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3416 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3418 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3419 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3422 DeclarationName Name,
3423 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3424 unsigned diagnostic) {
3425 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3426 Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3427 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3429 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3432 // Pick a representative declaration.
3433 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3434 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3436 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3439 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3440 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3445 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3446 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3447 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3448 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3455 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3456 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x
3459 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3460 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3461 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3463 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3465 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3466 bool MSAnonStruct) {
3468 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3469 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3471 bool Invalid = false;
3473 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3474 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3475 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3477 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3478 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3479 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3480 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3481 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3482 // C++ [class.union]p2:
3483 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3484 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3485 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3488 // C++ [class.union]p2:
3489 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3490 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3491 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3492 // anonymous union is declared.
3493 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3494 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3495 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3496 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3497 Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3499 Chaining.push_back(VD);
3501 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3502 NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3503 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3504 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3505 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3507 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3508 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3509 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3510 NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3512 IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3513 IndirectField->setImplicit();
3514 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3516 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3517 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3519 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3527 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3528 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3529 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3531 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3532 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3533 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3534 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3535 switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3536 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None;
3537 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3538 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3541 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static;
3542 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto;
3543 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register;
3544 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3545 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3546 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through.
3547 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None;
3549 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3552 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3553 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3554 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3555 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3556 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3558 RecordDecl *Record) {
3559 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3561 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3562 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3563 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3564 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3565 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3566 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3567 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3569 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3571 bool Invalid = false;
3572 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3573 const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3575 if (Record->isUnion()) {
3576 // C++ [class.union]p6:
3577 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3578 // global namespace shall be declared static.
3579 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3580 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3581 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3582 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3583 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3584 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3586 // Recover by adding 'static'.
3587 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3590 // C++ [class.union]p6:
3591 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3592 // anonymous union in a class scope.
3593 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3594 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3595 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3596 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3597 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3599 // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3600 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3606 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3607 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3608 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3609 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3610 << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3611 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3612 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3613 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3614 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3615 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3617 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3618 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3619 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3620 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3621 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3622 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3623 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3624 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3625 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3626 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3628 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3631 // C++ [class.union]p2:
3632 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3633 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3634 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3635 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3636 MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3637 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3638 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3639 // C++ [class.union]p3:
3640 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3641 // members (clause 11).
3642 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3643 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3645 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3649 // C++ [class.union]p1
3650 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3651 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3652 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3653 // array of such objects.
3654 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3656 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3657 // Any implicit members are fine.
3658 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3659 // This is a type that showed up in an
3660 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3661 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3662 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3663 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3664 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3665 MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3666 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3667 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3668 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3669 << (int)Record->isUnion();
3671 // This is a nested type declaration.
3672 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3673 << (int)Record->isUnion();
3677 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3678 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3679 // not part of standard C++.
3680 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3681 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3682 << (int)Record->isUnion();
3684 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3685 // Any access specifier is fine.
3687 // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3688 // member. Complain about it.
3689 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3690 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3691 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3692 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3693 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3694 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3695 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3697 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3698 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3699 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3700 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3701 << (int)Record->isUnion();
3703 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3704 << (int)Record->isUnion();
3711 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3712 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3713 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3717 // Mock up a declarator.
3718 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3719 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3720 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3722 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3723 NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3724 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3725 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3727 Record->getLocation(),
3728 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3729 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3731 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3732 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3733 Anon->setAccess(AS);
3734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3735 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3737 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3738 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3739 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3740 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3742 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3747 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3749 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3750 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3753 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3754 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3756 // union { int n = 0; };
3757 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3759 Anon->setImplicit();
3761 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3762 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3764 Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3766 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3767 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3769 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3770 Chain.push_back(Anon);
3772 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3776 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3777 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3778 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3779 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3780 // builds its lookup table, and once by
3781 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3782 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3785 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3790 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3791 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3792 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3795 /// struct A { int a; };
3796 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3803 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3804 RecordDecl *Record) {
3806 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3808 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3810 // Mock up a declarator.
3811 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3812 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3813 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3815 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3816 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3817 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3820 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3821 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3823 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3824 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3825 Anon->setImplicit();
3827 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3828 CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3830 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3831 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3833 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3834 Chain.push_back(Anon);
3836 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3837 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3840 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3845 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3846 /// given Declarator.
3847 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3848 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3851 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3853 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3854 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3855 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3857 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3859 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3860 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3861 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3862 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3865 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3866 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3867 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3868 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3869 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3870 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3871 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3872 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3875 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3876 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3878 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3879 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3882 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3883 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3884 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3886 return DeclarationNameInfo();
3887 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3888 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3889 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3890 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3894 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3895 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3896 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3898 return DeclarationNameInfo();
3899 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3900 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3901 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3902 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3906 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3907 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3908 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3909 // to find the actual type being constructed.
3910 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3911 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3912 return DeclarationNameInfo();
3914 // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3915 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3917 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3918 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3921 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3922 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3923 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3924 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3925 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3929 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3930 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3931 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3933 return DeclarationNameInfo();
3934 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3935 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3936 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3937 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3941 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3942 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3943 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3944 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3947 } // switch (Name.getKind())
3949 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3952 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3954 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3955 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3956 else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3957 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3959 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3963 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3964 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3965 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3966 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3967 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3968 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3969 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3970 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3971 FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3972 FunctionDecl *Definition,
3973 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3975 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3977 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3978 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3979 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3981 // The parameter types are identical
3982 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3985 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3986 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3987 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3988 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3990 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3991 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3992 Params.push_back(Idx);
3993 else // The two parameters aren't even close
4000 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4001 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4002 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4003 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4004 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4005 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4006 DeclarationName Name) {
4007 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4008 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4009 // - types which will become injected class names
4010 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4011 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4014 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4015 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4016 case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4017 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4018 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4019 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4020 // Grab the type from the parser.
4021 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4022 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4023 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4025 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
4026 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4027 // attached already.
4029 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4031 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4032 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4033 if (!TSI) return true;
4035 // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4036 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4037 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4041 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4042 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4043 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4044 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4045 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4046 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4051 // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4055 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4056 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4057 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4059 // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4060 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4062 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4065 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4066 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4067 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4074 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4075 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4076 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4078 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4079 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4080 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4085 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4086 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4087 /// name different from T:
4088 /// - every static data member of class T;
4089 /// - every member function of class T
4090 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4091 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4092 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4093 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4094 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4096 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4097 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4098 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4105 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4106 /// nested-name-specifier.
4108 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4110 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4113 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4115 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4117 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4118 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4119 DeclarationName Name,
4120 SourceLocation Loc) {
4121 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4122 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4123 Cur = Cur->getParent();
4125 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4126 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
4127 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
4128 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
4129 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
4130 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
4131 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
4132 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
4134 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4135 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
4140 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4141 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4142 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4143 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4148 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4150 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4151 if (Cur->isRecord())
4152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4153 << Name << SS.getRange();
4154 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4156 << Name << SS.getRange();
4157 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4158 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4159 << Name << SS.getRange();
4160 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4161 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4162 << Name << SS.getRange();
4164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4165 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4170 if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4171 // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4173 << Name << SS.getRange();
4176 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4177 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4178 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4179 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4180 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4181 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4182 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4188 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4189 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4190 // not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4191 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4192 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4193 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4194 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4195 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4197 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4202 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4203 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4204 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4205 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4206 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4208 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
4209 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4211 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4212 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4213 diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4214 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4216 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4219 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
4220 // we find one that is.
4221 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4222 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4225 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4226 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4228 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4229 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4230 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4233 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4234 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4235 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4236 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4237 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4238 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4239 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4240 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4241 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4242 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4243 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4246 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4248 if (!IsDependentContext &&
4249 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4252 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4254 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4255 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4257 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4258 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4259 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4267 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4268 // declaration in the current instantiation.
4269 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4270 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4271 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4272 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4277 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4278 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4279 // Just return early; it's safer.
4280 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4283 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4284 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4286 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4287 UPPC_DeclarationType))
4290 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4293 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4294 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4295 bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4296 bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4298 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4299 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4300 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4302 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4303 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4305 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4307 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4308 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4309 R->isFunctionType())) {
4310 IsLinkageLookup = true;
4312 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4313 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4314 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4315 CreateBuiltins = true;
4317 if (IsLinkageLookup)
4318 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4320 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4321 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4322 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4324 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4325 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4326 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4327 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4328 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4331 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4332 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4333 // we want to match. For example, given:
4340 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4342 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4343 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4346 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4347 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4348 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4349 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4350 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4353 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4354 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4355 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4356 if (!D.isInvalidType())
4357 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4358 Previous.getFoundDecl());
4360 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4364 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4365 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4366 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4367 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4368 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4369 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4372 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4373 // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4375 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4379 bool AddToScope = true;
4380 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4381 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4382 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4386 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4387 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4388 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4392 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4399 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4400 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4401 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4402 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4403 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4404 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4405 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4406 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4407 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4409 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4415 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4416 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4417 /// GCC compatibility).
4418 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4419 ASTContext &Context,
4420 bool &SizeIsNegative,
4421 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4422 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4423 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
4424 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4425 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4426 SizeIsNegative = false;
4429 if (T->isDependentType())
4432 QualifierCollector Qs;
4433 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4435 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4436 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4437 QualType FixedType =
4438 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4440 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4441 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4442 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4444 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4445 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4446 QualType FixedType =
4447 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4449 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4450 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4451 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4454 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4457 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4458 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4462 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4463 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4466 // Check whether the array size is negative.
4467 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4468 SizeIsNegative = true;
4472 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4473 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4474 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4476 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4481 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4482 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4486 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4487 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4488 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4489 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4490 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4491 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4494 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4495 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4496 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4497 DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4498 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4499 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4502 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4503 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4504 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4505 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4506 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4507 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4508 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4509 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4512 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4513 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4514 /// GCC compatibility).
4515 static TypeSourceInfo*
4516 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4517 ASTContext &Context,
4518 bool &SizeIsNegative,
4519 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4521 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4522 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4523 if (FixedTy.isNull())
4525 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4526 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4527 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4531 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4532 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4533 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4534 /// function-scope declarations.
4536 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4537 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4538 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4539 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4542 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4543 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4544 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4545 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4548 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4549 if (ExternalSource) {
4550 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4551 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4552 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4553 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4554 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4555 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4556 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4557 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4558 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4562 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4563 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4566 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4567 /// does not identify a function.
4568 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4569 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4570 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4571 if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4572 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4573 diag::err_inline_non_function);
4575 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4576 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4577 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4579 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4580 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4581 diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4583 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4584 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4585 diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4589 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4591 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4592 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4593 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4594 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4596 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4601 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4603 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4604 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4607 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4608 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4609 << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4613 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4614 if (!NewTD) return 0;
4616 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4617 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4619 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4621 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4622 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4623 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4628 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4629 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4630 // then it shall have block scope.
4631 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4632 // that redeclarations will match.
4633 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4634 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4635 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4636 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4638 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4639 bool SizeIsNegative;
4640 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4641 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4642 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4646 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4647 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4650 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4651 else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4652 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4653 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4654 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4655 << Oversized.toString(10);
4657 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4658 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4665 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4666 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4667 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4669 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4670 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4671 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4672 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4673 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4674 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4675 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4676 if (!Previous.empty()) {
4677 Redeclaration = true;
4678 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4681 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4682 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4683 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4684 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4685 if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4686 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4687 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4688 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4689 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4690 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4691 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4692 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4698 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4699 /// previous declaration.
4701 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4702 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4703 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4704 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4705 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4706 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4708 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4711 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4714 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4715 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4717 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4718 ASTContext &Context) {
4722 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4725 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4726 // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4727 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4728 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4729 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4730 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4731 // linkage of the previous declaration.
4732 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4733 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4734 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4737 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4738 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4739 // We found a member function: ignore it.
4742 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4743 // previous declarations.
4744 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4745 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4747 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4748 // isn't the same function.
4749 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4756 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4757 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4758 if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4759 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4762 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4763 QualType type = decl->getType();
4764 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4765 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4766 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4767 unsigned kind = -1U;
4768 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4769 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4770 kind = 0; // __block
4771 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4773 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4775 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4780 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4783 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4784 // Try to infer lifetime.
4785 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4788 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4789 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4790 decl->setType(type);
4793 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4794 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4795 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4796 var->getTLSKind()) {
4797 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4806 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4807 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4808 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4809 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4810 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4811 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4814 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4815 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4816 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4817 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4821 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4822 // It does not apply to functions.
4823 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4824 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4825 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4826 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4831 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4832 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4833 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4834 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4835 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4837 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4838 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4840 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4841 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4844 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4847 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4848 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4849 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4850 // builds. This is an awful hack.
4854 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4863 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4864 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4865 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4866 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4868 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4869 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4875 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4876 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4878 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4879 template<typename T>
4880 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4881 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4882 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4883 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4886 return D->isExternC();
4889 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4890 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4891 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4892 return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4893 if (DC->isFileContext())
4897 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4900 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4901 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4902 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4906 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4909 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4910 /// function-local external declaration.
4911 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4912 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4915 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4916 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4917 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4918 if (DC->isDependentContext())
4921 // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4922 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4923 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4924 // innermost enclosing namespace.
4926 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4927 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4928 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4929 DC = DC->getParent();
4934 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4936 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4938 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4939 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4941 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4942 VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4943 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4945 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4946 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4947 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4949 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4950 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4951 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4952 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4953 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4958 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4959 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4961 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4967 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4968 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4969 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4970 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4971 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4972 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4973 diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4974 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4977 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4979 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4984 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4986 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4987 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4988 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4989 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4990 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4991 // is a GNU extension.
4992 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4993 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5000 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5001 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5002 // OpenCL __local address space.
5003 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5004 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5007 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5008 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5009 // space qualifiers.
5010 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5011 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5015 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5016 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5017 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5018 // address space qualifiers.
5019 if (R->isEventT()) {
5020 if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5021 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5025 if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5026 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5032 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5033 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5034 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5035 bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5036 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5038 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5039 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5040 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5041 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5044 if (D.isInvalidType())
5045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5047 bool Invalid = false;
5049 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5050 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5055 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5056 diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5062 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5063 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5064 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5068 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5069 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5071 case SC_PrivateExtern:
5072 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5073 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5074 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5078 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5079 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5080 if (RD->isLocalClass())
5081 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5082 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5083 << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5085 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5086 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5088 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5089 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5090 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5091 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5092 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5093 else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5094 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5095 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5096 << Name << RD->isUnion();
5100 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
5101 if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end())
5102 PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5103 PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl);
5105 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5106 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5107 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
5108 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5109 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5110 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5111 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5112 if (TemplateParams) {
5113 if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5114 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5115 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5116 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5117 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5118 diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5120 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5121 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5123 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5124 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5125 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5126 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5127 : diag::ext_variable_template);
5129 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5130 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5131 // Check that we can declare a specialization here
5133 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5134 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5136 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5137 // This is a template declaration.
5138 IsVariableTemplate = true;
5140 // Check that we can declare a template here.
5141 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5144 // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check
5145 // whether this is a valid redeclaration.
5146 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))
5147 PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5149 if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5150 // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible.
5151 if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
5152 TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5153 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
5155 } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5156 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5157 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5159 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5161 } else if (PrevDecl) {
5163 // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class
5164 // scope shall be unique in that scope.
5165 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
5167 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5171 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5172 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5173 // template declaration.
5174 if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5176 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5178 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5179 DC->isDependentContext())
5180 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5184 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5185 // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining
5186 // the template out-of-line.
5187 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
5189 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match)
5190 << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true
5191 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5197 } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5198 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5200 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5201 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5202 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5203 // too few of them).
5204 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5205 // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5206 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5207 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5208 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5210 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5213 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5214 if (!PrevVarTemplate) {
5215 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template)
5216 << IsPartialSpecialization;
5220 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5221 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5222 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5224 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5225 S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5226 IsPartialSpecialization);
5227 if (Res.isInvalid())
5229 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5232 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5233 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5235 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5236 if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5238 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5239 TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate);
5240 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5243 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5244 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5245 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5246 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5248 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5249 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5251 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5254 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5256 // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()?
5257 if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 &&
5258 (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) {
5259 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5260 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data());
5261 } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization ||
5262 (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 &&
5263 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) {
5264 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5265 TemplateParamLists.size(),
5266 TemplateParamLists.data());
5269 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5270 NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5273 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5274 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5275 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5277 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5279 if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5280 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5282 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5283 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5284 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5285 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5286 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5288 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5290 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5291 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5292 DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5293 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5295 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5296 diag::err_thread_non_global)
5297 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5298 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5300 diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5302 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5306 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5307 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5308 // thread storage duration...
5309 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5310 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note
5311 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5312 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these
5313 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5314 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5315 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5316 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5317 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5319 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5320 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5324 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5325 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5326 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5327 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5329 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5330 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5331 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5334 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5335 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5336 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5337 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5338 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5340 NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5342 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5346 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5347 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5349 if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5350 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5352 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5353 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5354 // storage [duration]."
5355 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5356 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5357 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5358 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5362 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5364 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5365 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5367 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5368 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5369 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5370 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5371 StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5372 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5376 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5379 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5380 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5384 case SC_PrivateExtern:
5385 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5390 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5392 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5393 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5394 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5395 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5396 NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5397 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5401 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5402 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5403 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5405 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5406 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5407 // declaration has linkage).
5408 FilterLookupForScope(
5409 Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5410 IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5412 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5413 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5415 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5416 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5417 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5418 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5420 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5421 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5423 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5424 if (!Previous.empty()) {
5425 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5426 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5427 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5428 // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5429 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5430 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5431 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5435 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5436 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5437 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5438 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5439 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5440 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5443 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5444 if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5445 LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D),
5446 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
5447 PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5448 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl));
5450 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5453 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5454 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5455 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5456 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5459 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5460 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5462 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5463 // the map of such variables.
5464 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5465 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5466 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5468 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5469 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5470 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5471 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5472 ManglingContextDecl)) {
5473 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5477 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5478 // template, make a note of that.
5479 if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5480 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5483 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5490 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
5493 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5496 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5497 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5499 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5500 // Return if warning is ignored.
5501 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5502 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5505 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5506 if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5509 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5511 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5512 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5515 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5516 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5519 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5520 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5521 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5525 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5526 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5527 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5528 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5529 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5530 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5532 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5538 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5540 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5541 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5542 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5543 if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5546 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5547 // static data members from base classes?
5549 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5550 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5551 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5554 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5556 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5557 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5560 Kind = 2; // static data member
5561 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5566 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5568 // Emit warning and note.
5569 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5570 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5573 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5574 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5575 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5576 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5579 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5580 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5582 CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5585 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5586 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5587 template<typename T>
5588 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5589 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5590 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5591 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5593 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5594 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5600 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5601 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5604 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5608 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5609 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5611 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5614 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5615 // translation unit which might conflict.
5617 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5619 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5621 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5627 DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5628 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5629 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5631 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5635 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5636 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5637 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5638 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5647 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5648 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5649 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5650 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5651 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5653 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5655 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5657 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5662 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5663 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5665 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5666 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5667 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5668 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5669 /// the same name as an entity in global scope.
5670 template<typename T>
5671 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5672 LookupResult &Previous) {
5673 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5674 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5675 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5676 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5677 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5678 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5680 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5687 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5689 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5690 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5692 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5693 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5694 // in another scope.
5695 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5696 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5698 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5702 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5703 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5704 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5707 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5708 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5710 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5711 if (T->isUndeducedType())
5714 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5715 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5716 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5717 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5721 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5722 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5723 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5724 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5725 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5726 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5727 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5731 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5732 // __constant address space.
5733 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5734 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5735 && !T->isSamplerT()){
5736 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5737 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5741 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5743 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5744 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5745 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5746 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5750 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5751 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5752 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5753 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5755 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5756 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5760 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5761 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5762 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5763 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5765 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5766 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5767 bool SizeIsNegative;
5768 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5769 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5770 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5771 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5772 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5773 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5774 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5776 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5778 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5779 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5781 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5782 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5785 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5787 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5791 if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5792 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5793 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5796 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5800 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5801 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5802 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5805 if (T->isVoidType()) {
5806 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5807 // of objects and functions.
5808 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5809 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5811 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5816 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5817 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5822 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5823 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5824 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5828 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5829 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5830 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5831 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5832 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5837 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5840 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5841 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5842 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5843 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5844 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5846 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5848 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5849 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5850 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5852 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5853 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5856 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5857 // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5858 if (Previous.empty() &&
5859 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5860 Previous.setShadowed();
5862 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5863 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5865 if (!Previous.empty()) {
5866 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5872 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5873 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5875 CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5878 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5879 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5880 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5881 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5884 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5886 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5887 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5889 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5891 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5892 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5893 // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5894 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5895 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5897 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5900 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5901 !Path.Decls.empty();
5902 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5903 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5904 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5905 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5914 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5916 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5917 /// overriden methods.
5919 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5920 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5921 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5922 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5923 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5924 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5925 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5926 E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5928 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5929 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5930 // out the diag loop 3 times.
5931 if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5932 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5933 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5934 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5938 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5939 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5940 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5941 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5943 FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5946 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5947 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5948 bool AddedAny = false;
5949 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5950 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5951 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5952 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5953 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5954 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5955 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5956 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5957 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5958 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5959 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5966 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5967 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5969 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5970 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5977 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5978 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5979 struct ActOnFDArgs {
5982 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5989 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5990 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5991 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5993 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5994 CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5995 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5996 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5998 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5999 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6002 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6003 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6004 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6005 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6006 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6008 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6009 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6010 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6011 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6012 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6014 } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6024 ASTContext &Context;
6025 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6026 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6031 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6033 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6034 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6035 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6038 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6039 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6040 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6041 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6042 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6043 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6044 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6045 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6046 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6047 TypoCorrection Correction;
6048 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6049 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6050 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6051 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6052 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6053 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6054 Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6056 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6058 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6060 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6061 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6062 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6063 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6064 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6065 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6066 if (!Prev.empty()) {
6067 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6068 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6069 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6071 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6072 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6073 // involve a parameter
6075 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6076 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6079 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6080 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6081 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6082 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6083 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6084 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6085 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6086 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6088 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6089 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6090 CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6091 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6092 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6093 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6094 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6095 Previous.addDecl(FD);
6098 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6101 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6102 // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6105 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6107 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6108 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6109 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6110 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6111 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6112 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6113 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6114 ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6116 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6121 // Determine which correction we picked.
6122 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6123 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6125 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6126 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6128 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6130 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6131 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6132 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6133 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6137 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6138 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6139 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6140 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6142 Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6145 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6146 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6148 bool NewFDisConst = false;
6149 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6150 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6152 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6153 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6154 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6155 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6156 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6157 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6158 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6160 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6161 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6162 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6163 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6164 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6165 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6166 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6167 << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6168 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6169 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6170 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6171 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6173 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6174 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6175 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6180 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6182 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6183 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6184 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6185 case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6186 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6187 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6188 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6191 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6192 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6193 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6196 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6197 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6199 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6200 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6201 // other than extern
6202 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6203 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6204 diag::err_static_block_func);
6209 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6212 // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6216 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6217 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6219 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6220 bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6221 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6222 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6224 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6225 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6227 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6228 // Determine whether the function was written with a
6229 // prototype. This true when:
6230 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6231 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6232 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6234 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6235 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6237 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6238 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6239 TInfo, SC, isInline,
6240 HasPrototype, false);
6241 if (D.isInvalidType())
6242 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6244 // Set the lexical context.
6245 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6250 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6251 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6253 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6254 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6255 // the class has been completely parsed.
6256 if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6257 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6258 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
6259 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6260 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6263 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6264 // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6265 assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6266 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6268 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6269 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6270 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6271 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6272 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6275 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6276 // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6277 if (DC->isRecord()) {
6278 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6279 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6280 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6281 SemaRef.Context, Record,
6283 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6284 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6286 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6287 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6289 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6290 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6291 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6292 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6295 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6296 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6297 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6298 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6299 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6300 !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
6301 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6304 IsVirtualOkay = true;
6308 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6311 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6313 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6315 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6317 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6320 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6321 if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6322 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6323 diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6327 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6328 IsVirtualOkay = true;
6329 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6330 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6331 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6332 isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6334 } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6335 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6336 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6337 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6338 // constructor if it has no return type).
6339 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6340 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6341 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6342 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6343 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6347 // This is a C++ method declaration.
6348 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6349 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6350 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6351 TInfo, SC, isInline,
6352 isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6353 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6356 // Determine whether the function was written with a
6357 // prototype. This true when:
6358 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6359 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6361 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6362 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6366 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6367 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6368 // typedef of void is not permitted.
6369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6370 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6371 bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6372 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6373 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6374 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6375 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6376 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6377 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6382 enum OpenCLParamType {
6390 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6391 if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6392 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6393 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6396 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6397 // be used as builtin types.
6399 if (PT->isImageType())
6400 return PtrKernelParam;
6402 if (PT->isBooleanType())
6403 return InvalidKernelParam;
6406 return InvalidKernelParam;
6408 if (PT->isHalfType())
6409 return InvalidKernelParam;
6411 if (PT->isRecordType())
6412 return RecordKernelParam;
6414 return ValidKernelParam;
6417 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6421 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6422 QualType PT = Param->getType();
6424 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6426 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6429 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6430 case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6431 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6432 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6433 // pointer to a pointer type.
6434 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6438 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6439 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6440 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6441 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6442 // one of these built-in scalar types.
6444 case InvalidKernelParam:
6445 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6446 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6448 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6452 case PtrKernelParam:
6453 case ValidKernelParam:
6454 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6457 case RecordKernelParam:
6461 // Track nested structs we will inspect
6462 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6464 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6465 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6466 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6467 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6469 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6470 VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6472 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6475 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6477 assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6478 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6479 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6480 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6485 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6486 // field itself) to the history stack.
6487 const RecordDecl *RD;
6488 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6489 HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6490 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6492 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6495 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6496 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6498 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6499 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6500 const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6501 QualType QT = FD->getType();
6503 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6506 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6507 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6510 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6511 VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6515 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6516 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6517 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6519 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6520 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6521 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6522 << PT->isUnionType()
6525 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6528 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6529 << PD->getDeclName();
6531 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6532 // the offending field came from
6533 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6534 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6535 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6536 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6537 << OuterField->getType();
6540 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6541 << QT->isPointerType()
6546 } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6550 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6551 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6552 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6554 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6556 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6558 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6559 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6560 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6561 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6563 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6564 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6565 diag::err_invalid_thread)
6566 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6568 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6569 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6571 bool isFriend = false;
6572 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6573 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6574 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6576 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6577 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6578 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6580 bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6582 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6583 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6585 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6587 if (!NewFD) return 0;
6589 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6590 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6592 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6593 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6594 // context will be different from the semantic context.
6595 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6597 if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6598 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6601 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6602 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6603 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6604 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6605 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6606 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6607 // C++ [class.friend]p5
6608 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6609 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6610 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6613 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6614 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6616 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6617 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6618 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6619 NewFD->setPure(true);
6622 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6623 isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6624 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6625 if (D.isInvalidType())
6626 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6628 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6629 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6630 bool Invalid = false;
6631 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6632 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6633 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6634 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6635 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6636 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6637 // This is a function template
6639 // Check that we can declare a template here.
6640 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6643 // A destructor cannot be a template.
6644 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6645 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6649 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6650 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6651 // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6652 if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6653 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6654 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6659 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6660 NewFD->getLocation(),
6661 Name, TemplateParams,
6663 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6664 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6666 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6667 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6668 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6669 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6670 TemplateParamLists.data());
6673 // This is a function template specialization.
6674 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6675 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6676 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6677 TemplateParamLists.size(),
6678 TemplateParamLists.data());
6680 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6682 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6683 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6685 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6686 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6687 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6688 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
6689 // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6690 SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6691 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6692 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6693 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6696 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6697 << Name << RemoveRange
6698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6704 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6705 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6706 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6707 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6708 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6709 TemplateParamLists.size(),
6710 TemplateParamLists.data());
6714 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6715 if (FunctionTemplate)
6716 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6719 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6720 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6721 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6722 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6724 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6725 if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6726 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6727 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6728 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6729 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6730 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6731 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6732 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6733 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6734 // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6735 // A member function template shall not be virtual.
6736 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6737 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6738 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6740 // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6741 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6745 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6749 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6750 (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6751 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6752 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6753 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6754 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6755 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6757 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6758 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6759 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6760 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6761 QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(),
6762 Context.DependentTy);
6763 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(),
6764 FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6767 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6768 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6770 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6771 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6772 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6773 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6774 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6775 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6779 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6780 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6781 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6782 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6783 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6784 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6785 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6786 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6787 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6788 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6789 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6790 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6791 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6792 // or conversion function.
6793 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6794 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6795 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6800 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6801 // are implicitly inline.
6802 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6804 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6805 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6806 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6807 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6808 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6811 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6812 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6813 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6814 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6815 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6816 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6820 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6821 if (FunctionTemplate)
6822 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6827 if (FunctionTemplate) {
6828 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6829 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6831 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6832 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6835 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6836 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6837 case FDK_Declaration:
6838 case FDK_Definition:
6842 NewFD->setDefaulted();
6846 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6850 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6851 D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6852 // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6853 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6854 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6855 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6858 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6859 !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6860 // C++ [class.static]p1:
6861 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6862 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6865 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6866 // member function definition.
6867 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6868 diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6872 // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6873 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6874 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6875 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6876 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6877 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6878 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6879 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6880 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6881 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6882 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6886 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6887 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6888 isExplicitSpecialization ||
6889 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6891 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6892 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6893 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6894 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6895 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6897 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6898 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6899 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6900 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6901 NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6902 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6906 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6907 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
6908 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6909 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6910 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6912 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6913 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6914 // single void argument.
6915 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6916 // already checks for that case.
6917 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6918 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6919 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6920 // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6921 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6922 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6923 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6924 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6925 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6926 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6927 Params.push_back(Param);
6929 if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6930 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6934 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6935 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6936 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6937 // parameters for use in the declaration.
6940 // typedef void fn(int);
6944 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6945 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6946 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6947 ParmVarDecl *Param =
6948 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6949 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6950 Params.push_back(Param);
6953 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6954 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6957 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6958 NewFD->setParams(Params);
6960 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6961 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6963 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6965 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6966 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6967 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6969 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6971 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6974 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6975 // because all functions have linkage.
6976 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6977 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6979 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6982 // Handle attributes.
6983 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6985 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6986 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6987 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6988 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6989 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6990 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6991 // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it
6992 // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators).
6993 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) {
6994 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6999 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7000 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7001 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7002 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7003 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7005 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7006 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7008 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7009 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7010 isExplicitSpecialization));
7011 else if (!Previous.empty())
7012 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7013 D.setRedeclaration(true);
7014 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7015 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7016 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7018 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7019 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7021 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7023 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7024 // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7025 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7026 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7027 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7028 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7029 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7030 << NewFD->getDeclName();
7032 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7033 // argument list into our AST format.
7034 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7035 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7036 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7037 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7038 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7039 TemplateId->NumArgs);
7040 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7043 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7045 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7046 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7047 } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7048 // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7050 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7052 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7053 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7054 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7055 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7056 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7057 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7058 // too few of them).
7059 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7060 // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7061 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7062 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7064 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7066 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7068 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7069 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7071 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7072 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
7073 // wrote something like:
7074 // template <> friend void foo(int);
7075 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7076 // friend void foo<>(int);
7077 // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7078 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7079 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7080 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7083 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7084 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7085 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
7086 // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7087 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7088 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7089 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7090 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7091 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7092 InstantiationDependent))) {
7093 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7094 "friend function specialization without template args");
7095 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7098 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7099 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7101 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7102 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7103 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7104 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7105 << NewFD->getDeclName();
7106 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7107 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7109 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7112 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7113 // specialization (14.7.3)
7114 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7115 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7116 if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7117 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7118 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7119 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7121 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7122 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7125 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7126 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7128 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7131 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7132 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7133 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7136 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7137 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7138 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7139 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7141 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7142 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7144 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7145 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
7146 // This avoids some consistency errors later.
7147 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7148 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
7150 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7151 isExplicitSpecialization));
7154 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7155 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7156 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7158 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7159 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7162 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7163 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7164 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7165 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7167 NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7168 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7171 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7172 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7173 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7175 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7176 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7177 if (FunctionTemplate) {
7178 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7179 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7180 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7181 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7182 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7183 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7184 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7185 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7186 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7187 DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7188 DC->isDependentContext())
7189 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7190 : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7193 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7194 // Ignore all the rest of this.
7195 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7196 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7198 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7199 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7200 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7202 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7203 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7204 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7205 // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7207 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7208 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7209 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7210 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there
7211 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7212 // can actually do this check immediately.
7214 (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7215 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7216 CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7219 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7220 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7221 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7222 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7228 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7230 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7231 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7232 // whether the parameter types are references).
7234 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7235 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7236 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7241 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7243 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7244 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7245 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7246 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7251 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7252 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7253 !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7254 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7255 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7256 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7257 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7258 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7259 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7261 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7262 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7266 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7267 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7269 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7271 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7272 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7273 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7274 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7277 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7278 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7279 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7280 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7281 EPI.Variadic = true;
7282 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7284 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
7288 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7289 // member, set the visibility of this function.
7290 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7291 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7293 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7294 // marking the function.
7295 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7297 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7298 // the map of such variables.
7299 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7300 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7301 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7303 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7304 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7307 if (FunctionTemplate) {
7308 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7309 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7310 return FunctionTemplate;
7314 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7315 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7316 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7317 && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7318 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7322 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7323 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
7324 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7325 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7329 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7330 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7331 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7332 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7333 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7337 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7339 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7340 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7341 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7342 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7343 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7344 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
7345 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7347 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7351 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7352 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7353 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7354 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7355 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7356 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7357 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7358 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7359 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7360 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7367 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7369 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7370 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7371 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7372 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7373 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7374 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7375 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7377 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7378 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7380 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7382 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7383 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7384 LookupResult &Previous,
7385 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7386 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
7387 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7389 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7390 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7391 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7392 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7393 !Previous.isShadowed();
7395 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7396 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7398 bool Redeclaration = false;
7399 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7401 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7402 // the same name, if appropriate.
7403 if (!Previous.empty()) {
7404 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7405 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7406 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7407 // function to the scope.
7408 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7409 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7410 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7411 Redeclaration = true;
7412 OldDecl = Candidate;
7415 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7416 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7418 Redeclaration = true;
7421 case Ovl_NonFunction:
7422 Redeclaration = true;
7426 Redeclaration = false;
7430 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7431 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7432 // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7433 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7434 << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7435 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7437 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7438 else if (!Previous.empty())
7439 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7441 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7442 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7443 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7449 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7450 if (!Redeclaration &&
7451 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7452 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7453 if (!Previous.empty()) {
7454 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7455 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7456 Redeclaration = true;
7457 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7458 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7460 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7461 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7462 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7463 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7464 << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7465 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7466 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7467 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7470 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7471 Redeclaration = false;
7478 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7479 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7480 // a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7482 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7483 // definition of a static member function.
7485 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7486 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7487 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7488 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7489 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7490 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7491 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7492 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
7493 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
7494 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
7495 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7496 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7497 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7498 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7499 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7500 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
7501 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
7503 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7504 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7505 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7506 SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7507 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7508 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7509 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7511 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7512 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7517 if (Redeclaration) {
7518 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7520 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7522 return Redeclaration;
7526 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7528 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7529 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7530 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7531 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7532 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7533 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7534 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7535 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7536 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7537 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7540 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7541 // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7542 if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7543 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7544 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7545 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7549 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7550 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7552 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7553 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7554 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7555 // because of templates, which means that the previous
7556 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7558 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7559 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7560 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7562 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7563 if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7564 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7565 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7566 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7567 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7568 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7569 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7570 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7577 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7579 // C++-specific checks.
7580 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7581 CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7582 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7583 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7584 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7585 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7587 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7588 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7589 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7590 DeclarationName Name
7591 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7592 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7593 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7594 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7595 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7596 return Redeclaration;
7599 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7600 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7601 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7604 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7605 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7606 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7607 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7608 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7609 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7610 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7611 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7612 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7617 if (Method->isStatic())
7618 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7621 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7622 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7623 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7624 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7625 return Redeclaration;
7628 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7629 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7630 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7631 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7632 return Redeclaration;
7635 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7636 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7637 // during delayed parsing anyway.
7638 if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7639 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7641 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7642 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7643 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7644 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7645 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7646 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7647 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7648 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7649 // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7650 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7654 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7655 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7656 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7657 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7658 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7659 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
7660 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7661 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7663 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7664 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7665 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7668 return Redeclaration;
7671 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7672 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7674 return SourceRange();
7676 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7677 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7679 return SourceRange();
7681 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7682 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7683 return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7685 return SourceRange();
7688 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7689 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline,
7690 // static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7691 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7692 // appear in a declaration of main.
7693 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7694 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7695 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7696 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7697 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7699 if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7700 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7702 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7703 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7704 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7705 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7706 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7707 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7708 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7710 if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7711 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7712 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7713 FD->setConstexpr(false);
7716 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7718 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7719 FD->setInvalidDecl();
7723 QualType T = FD->getType();
7724 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7725 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7727 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7728 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7729 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7730 // set the flag which tells us that.
7731 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7732 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7734 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7735 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7736 // implicit-return-zero rule.
7737 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7738 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7740 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7741 if (ResultRange.isValid())
7742 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7743 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7745 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7747 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7748 if (ResultRange.isValid())
7749 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7750 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7752 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7754 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7757 // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7758 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7760 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7761 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7762 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7764 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7766 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
7767 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7769 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7770 HasExtraParameters = false;
7772 if (HasExtraParameters) {
7773 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7774 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7778 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7779 // if we had some location information about types.
7782 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7783 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7785 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7786 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7788 bool mismatch = true;
7790 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7792 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7793 // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7795 // char const * const *
7798 QualifierCollector qs;
7799 const PointerType* PT;
7800 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7801 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7802 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7805 mismatch = !qs.empty();
7810 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7811 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7812 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7816 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7817 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7820 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7821 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7822 FD->setInvalidDecl();
7826 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7827 QualType T = FD->getType();
7828 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7829 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7831 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7832 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7833 if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7834 FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7835 FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType())
7836 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7837 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7838 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7840 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7841 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7842 FD->setInvalidDecl();
7846 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7847 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
7848 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7849 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
7850 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7851 // expressions. Everything else falls under the
7852 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7853 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7854 // rules there don't matter.)
7855 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7857 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7858 << Init->getSourceRange();
7863 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7864 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7865 class SelfReferenceChecker
7866 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7871 bool isReferenceType;
7874 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7876 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7877 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7879 isRecordType = false;
7880 isReferenceType = false;
7881 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7882 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7883 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7884 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7888 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7889 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7890 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7891 void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7892 if (isReferenceType)
7894 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7895 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7896 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7900 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7901 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7902 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7906 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7907 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7908 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7909 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7910 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7912 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7914 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7915 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7920 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7921 // bad, not just r-value uses.
7922 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7923 if (isReferenceType)
7924 HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7927 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7928 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7929 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7930 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7932 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7935 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7936 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7937 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7939 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7940 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7941 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7942 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7943 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7944 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7945 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7947 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7950 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7952 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7956 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7957 // Visit that expression.
7961 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7962 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7963 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7964 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7966 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7969 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7970 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7971 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7972 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7974 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7977 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7980 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7982 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7983 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7984 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7986 if (isReferenceType) {
7987 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7988 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7989 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7991 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7994 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7996 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7997 << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7998 << DRE->getSourceRange());
8002 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8003 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8005 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8006 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them.
8007 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8010 E = E->IgnoreParens();
8012 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8013 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8014 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8015 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8016 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8017 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8018 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8021 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8025 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8026 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8027 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8028 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8029 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8030 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
8032 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8035 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8036 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8037 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8038 // Thus this grotesque test.
8040 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8041 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8042 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8044 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8045 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8046 Method->setInvalidDecl();
8051 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8053 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8054 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8055 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8058 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8060 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8061 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8062 Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8063 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8064 // contains exactly one expression.
8065 if (CXXDirectInit) {
8066 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8067 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8068 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8069 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8070 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8071 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8072 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8073 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8074 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8076 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8077 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8078 VDecl->isInitCapture()
8079 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8080 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8081 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8082 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8083 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8086 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8090 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8091 bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8092 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8093 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8094 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8095 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8096 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8099 Init = Result.take();
8100 DefaultedToAuto = true;
8103 QualType DeducedType;
8104 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8106 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8107 if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8108 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8111 VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8112 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8114 // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8115 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8116 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8118 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8119 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8120 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8121 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8122 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8123 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8124 SourceLocation Loc =
8125 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8126 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8127 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8130 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8131 // the previously declared type.
8132 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8133 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8134 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8135 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8138 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8139 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8140 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8144 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8145 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8146 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8147 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8151 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8152 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8153 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8154 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8155 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8156 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8157 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8158 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8159 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8160 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8164 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8165 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8166 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8167 AbstractVariableType))
8168 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8172 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8173 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8174 << VDecl->getDeclName();
8175 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8176 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8180 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8181 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8182 // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8183 // If a static data member is of const integral or const
8184 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8185 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8186 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8187 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8188 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8189 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8191 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8192 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8193 // declaration with an initializer.
8194 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8195 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8196 << VDecl->getDeclName();
8197 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8201 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8202 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8204 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8205 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8210 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8211 // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8212 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8213 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8214 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8218 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8219 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8220 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8222 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8223 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8224 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8225 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8226 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8227 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8228 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8231 Init = Result.take();
8234 // Perform the initialization.
8235 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8236 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8237 InitializationKind Kind
8239 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8240 Init->getLocStart(),
8242 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8243 VDecl->getLocation())
8244 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8245 Init->getLocStart());
8247 MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8249 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8250 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8252 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8253 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8254 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8255 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8259 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8262 // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8263 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8264 // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8265 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8266 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8267 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8270 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8271 // completed by the initializer. For example:
8272 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8273 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8274 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8275 VDecl->setType(DclT);
8277 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8278 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8280 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8281 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8283 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8284 // Although this code can still have problems:
8285 // id x = self.weakProp;
8286 // id y = self.weakProp;
8287 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8288 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8289 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8290 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8291 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8292 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8293 Init->getLocStart());
8294 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8295 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8299 // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8301 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8302 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8303 // full-expression. For instance, in:
8305 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8306 // struct S { S(Temp); };
8307 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8309 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8310 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8312 VDecl->isConstexpr());
8313 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8314 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8317 Init = Result.take();
8319 // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8320 VDecl->setInit(Init);
8322 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8323 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8324 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8325 // C++ does not have this restriction.
8326 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8327 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8328 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8329 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8330 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8331 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8332 // constant expressions.
8333 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8334 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8335 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8336 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8337 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8338 << Init->getSourceRange();
8340 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8341 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8342 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8345 // static const int value = 17;
8348 // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8349 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8350 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8351 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8353 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8354 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8355 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8356 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8357 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8358 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8359 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8360 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8361 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8363 // Do nothing on dependent types.
8364 if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8366 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8367 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8369 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8371 // Require constness.
8372 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8373 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8374 << Init->getSourceRange();
8375 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8377 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8378 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8379 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8381 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8382 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8383 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8384 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8385 else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8386 ; // Nothing to check.
8387 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8388 ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8389 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8390 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8391 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8392 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8393 << Init->getSourceRange();
8395 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the
8396 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8397 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8398 << Init->getSourceRange();
8399 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8402 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8403 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8404 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8405 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8407 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8408 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8409 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8410 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8411 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8412 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8414 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8415 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8417 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8418 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8419 << Init->getSourceRange();
8420 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8424 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8425 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8426 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8427 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8428 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8429 VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8432 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8433 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8434 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8436 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8437 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8438 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8439 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8440 VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8441 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8442 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8444 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8445 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8446 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8447 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8448 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8449 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8450 !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8451 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8452 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8453 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8455 // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8456 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8458 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8462 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8463 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1;
8464 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8466 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8467 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8468 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8469 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8470 // special case code.
8473 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8474 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8476 if (CXXDirectInit) {
8477 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8478 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8479 } else if (DirectInit) {
8480 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8481 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8484 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8487 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8488 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8490 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8491 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8492 // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8493 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8495 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8498 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8499 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8500 D->setInvalidDecl();
8504 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8505 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8507 // Require a complete type.
8508 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8509 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8510 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8511 VD->setInvalidDecl();
8515 // Require an abstract type.
8516 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8517 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8518 AbstractVariableType)) {
8519 VD->setInvalidDecl();
8523 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8527 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8528 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8529 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8533 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8534 QualType Type = Var->getType();
8536 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8537 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8538 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8539 << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8540 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8544 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8545 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8546 // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8547 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8548 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8550 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8551 if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8552 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8553 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8554 << Var->getDeclName();
8556 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8557 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8561 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8562 case VarDecl::Definition:
8563 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8566 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8567 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8572 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8573 // It's only a declaration.
8575 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8576 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8577 // object shall be complete.
8578 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8579 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8580 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8581 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8582 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8584 // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8585 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8586 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8587 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8588 AbstractVariableType))
8589 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8590 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8591 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8592 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8593 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8598 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8599 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8600 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8601 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8602 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8603 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8604 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8605 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8606 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8607 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8608 ArrayT->getElementType(),
8609 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8610 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8611 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8612 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8613 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8614 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8615 // NOTE: code such as the following
8617 // struct s { int a; };
8618 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8619 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8620 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8621 if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8622 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8623 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8627 // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8628 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8629 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8633 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8634 // definitions with incomplete array type.
8635 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8636 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8637 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8638 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8642 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8643 // definitions with reference type.
8644 if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8645 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8646 << Var->getDeclName()
8647 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8648 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8652 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8653 // variable with dependent type.
8654 if (Type->isDependentType())
8657 if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8660 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8661 Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8662 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8663 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8667 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8668 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8669 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8670 AbstractVariableType)) {
8671 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8675 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
8676 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8677 // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8678 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8679 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8680 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8681 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8682 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8683 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8684 // types and is declared without an initializer.
8685 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8686 if (const RecordType *Record
8687 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8688 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8689 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8690 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8691 // incompatibilities with C++98.
8692 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8693 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8697 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8698 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8699 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8700 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8701 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8702 // type shall have a user-declared default
8703 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8704 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8705 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8706 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8707 // program is ill-formed.
8708 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8709 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8710 // default-initialized; [...].
8711 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8712 InitializationKind Kind
8713 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8715 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8716 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8717 if (Init.isInvalid())
8718 Var->setInvalidDecl();
8719 else if (Init.get()) {
8720 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8721 // This is important for template substitution.
8722 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8725 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8729 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8730 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8732 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8733 D->setInvalidDecl();
8737 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8739 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8741 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8750 case SC_PrivateExtern:
8759 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8760 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8762 if (VD->isConstexpr())
8765 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8766 << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8767 D->setInvalidDecl();
8771 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8772 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8774 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8775 // local retaining variable.
8776 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8777 var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8778 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8779 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8780 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8781 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8784 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8785 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8786 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8791 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8792 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8793 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8794 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8795 var->getLocation())) {
8796 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8797 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8798 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8799 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8802 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8805 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8806 var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8807 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8808 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8809 // have a non-trivial destructor.
8810 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8811 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8812 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8815 // All the following checks are C++ only.
8816 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8818 QualType type = var->getType();
8819 if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8821 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8822 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8823 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8824 // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8826 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8827 // constructing this copy.
8828 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8829 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8830 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8831 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8833 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8834 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8835 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8836 if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8837 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8838 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8839 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8844 Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8845 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8846 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8848 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8849 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8850 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8851 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8853 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8854 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't
8855 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8856 // warned about them.
8857 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8858 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8859 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8860 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8861 << Init->getSourceRange();
8864 if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8865 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8866 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8867 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8868 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8869 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8870 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8871 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8872 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8875 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8876 << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8877 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8878 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8880 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8881 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8882 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8883 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8884 var->checkInitIsICE();
8888 // Require the destructor.
8889 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8890 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8893 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8894 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8896 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8897 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8898 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8900 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8904 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8905 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8906 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used";
8907 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8911 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8912 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8913 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8914 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8915 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8916 << VD->getDeclName();
8917 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8918 VD->setInvalidDecl();
8923 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8924 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8925 // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8926 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8927 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8929 if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8930 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8932 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8934 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8935 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8938 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8939 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8940 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8942 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8943 if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8946 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8947 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8948 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8949 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8950 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8953 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8954 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8955 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8956 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8959 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8960 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8962 I->getMatchingCType(),
8963 I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8964 I->getMustBeNull());
8968 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8969 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8970 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8972 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8973 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8975 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8976 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8977 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8978 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8979 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8980 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8984 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8985 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8986 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8987 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8988 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8992 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8995 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8996 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8997 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8998 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8999 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9000 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9001 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9002 // deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9003 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9004 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9005 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9006 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9007 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9009 CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9010 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9011 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9012 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9013 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9014 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9015 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9017 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9019 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9020 if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9022 DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9024 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9025 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9026 diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9027 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9028 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9029 << U << D->getDeclName()
9030 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9031 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9032 D->setInvalidDecl();
9040 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9042 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9043 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9046 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9047 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9050 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9051 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9052 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9055 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9056 Group[0]->getLocation())
9057 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9060 if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9061 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations
9062 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or
9063 // additional declaration references:
9064 // 'typedef struct S {} S;'
9065 // 'typedef struct S *S;'
9067 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9068 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9069 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9070 Group = Group.slice(1);
9074 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9075 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9076 if (!Comments.empty() &&
9077 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9078 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9079 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9081 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9082 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9083 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9084 // ahead through comments.
9085 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9086 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9090 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9091 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9092 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9093 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9095 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9097 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9098 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9099 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9100 StorageClass = SC_Register;
9101 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9102 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9103 StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9104 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9105 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9106 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9107 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9110 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9111 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9112 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9113 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9114 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9117 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9119 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9120 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9123 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9125 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9127 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9128 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9130 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9131 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9135 // Ensure we have a valid name
9136 IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9138 II = D.getIdentifier();
9140 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9141 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
9142 D.setInvalidType(true);
9146 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9148 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9151 if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9152 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9153 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9154 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9155 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9156 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9158 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9160 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9162 // Recover by removing the name
9164 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9165 D.setInvalidType(true);
9170 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9171 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
9172 // looking like class members in C++.
9173 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9175 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9176 parmDeclType, TInfo,
9179 if (D.isInvalidType())
9180 New->setInvalidDecl();
9182 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9183 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9184 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9185 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9187 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9190 IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9192 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9194 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9195 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9196 << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9197 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9198 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9200 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9206 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9208 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9211 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9212 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9213 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9214 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9215 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9217 Param->setImplicit();
9221 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9222 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9223 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9224 // will already have done so in the template itself.
9225 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9228 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9229 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9230 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9231 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9232 << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9237 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9238 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9241 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9244 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9246 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9247 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9248 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9249 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9250 << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9253 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9255 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9256 QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9257 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9259 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9260 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9261 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9262 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9266 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9267 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9268 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9269 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9270 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9271 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9272 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9273 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9275 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9277 // Special cases for arrays:
9278 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9279 // - otherwise, it's an error
9280 if (T->isArrayType()) {
9281 if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9282 DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9283 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9284 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9286 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9288 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9290 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9293 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9294 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9298 // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9299 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9300 // the class has been completely parsed.
9301 if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9302 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9304 New->setInvalidDecl();
9306 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9307 // passed by reference.
9308 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9309 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9311 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9312 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9313 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9317 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9318 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9319 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9320 // an address space.
9321 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9322 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9323 New->setInvalidDecl();
9329 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9330 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9331 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9333 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9334 // for a K&R function.
9335 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9336 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9338 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9339 SmallString<256> Code;
9340 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int "
9341 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9343 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9344 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9345 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9347 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9349 AttributeFactory attrs;
9351 const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9352 unsigned DiagID; // unused
9353 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9355 // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9356 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9357 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9358 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9359 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9360 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9366 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9367 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9368 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9369 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9371 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9372 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9373 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9376 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9377 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9378 // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9379 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9382 // Or declarations that aren't global.
9383 if (!FD->isGlobal())
9386 // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9387 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9390 // Don't warn about 'main'.
9394 // Don't warn about inline functions.
9395 if (FD->isInlined())
9398 // Don't warn about function templates.
9399 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9402 // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9403 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9406 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9407 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9410 bool MissingPrototype = true;
9411 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9412 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9413 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9414 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9415 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9418 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9419 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9420 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9424 return MissingPrototype;
9428 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9429 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9430 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9431 // was an extern inline function.
9432 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9434 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9437 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9440 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9441 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9443 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9445 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9447 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9448 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9452 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9454 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9456 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9457 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9458 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9459 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType();
9460 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9462 if (LCD == LCD_None)
9463 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9464 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9465 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9466 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9467 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9468 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9470 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9471 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9473 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9474 // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9475 for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(),
9476 CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) {
9477 if (C->capturesVariable()) {
9478 VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar();
9479 if (VD->isInitCapture())
9480 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9481 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9482 const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9483 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9484 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(),
9485 /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion()
9486 ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9487 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9489 } else if (C->capturesThis()) {
9490 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(),
9491 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9496 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9497 // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9498 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9502 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9504 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9505 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9507 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9508 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9509 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information
9510 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9512 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9513 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9514 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9515 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9516 // have the LSI properly restored.
9517 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9518 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9519 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9520 "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9521 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9524 // Enter a new function scope
9525 PushFunctionScope();
9527 // See if this is a redefinition.
9528 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9529 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9531 // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9532 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9533 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9534 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9535 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9536 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9540 // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9541 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9542 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
9543 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9544 !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9545 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9546 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9547 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9549 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9550 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9551 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9552 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9553 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9554 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9555 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9558 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9559 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9560 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9561 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9562 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9563 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9564 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9565 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9566 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9567 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9568 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9574 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9576 // Check the validity of our function parameters
9577 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9578 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9580 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9581 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9582 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9583 Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9585 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9586 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9587 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9589 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9593 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9594 // introduce them into the function scope.
9596 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9597 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9598 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9602 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9603 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9604 // and reattach to the current context.
9605 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9606 // Is the decl actually in the context?
9607 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9608 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9610 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9614 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9615 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9618 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9619 if (!D->getName().empty())
9620 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9622 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9623 // accessible in this scope.
9624 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9625 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9626 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9627 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9632 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9633 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9634 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9636 // Checking attributes of current function definition
9637 // dllimport attribute.
9638 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9639 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9640 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9641 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9642 if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9643 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9644 Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9645 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9647 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9651 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9652 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9653 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9654 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9655 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9657 Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9658 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9659 << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
9662 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9663 // a function template).
9664 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9668 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9669 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9672 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9673 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9674 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9675 /// use the named return value optimization.
9677 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9678 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9679 /// the NRVO variable.
9681 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9682 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9683 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9684 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9685 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9687 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9688 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9689 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9693 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9694 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9699 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9702 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9703 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
9706 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
9709 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9710 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9711 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
9713 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9715 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9716 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9717 // rest of the file.
9718 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9719 // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9720 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
9723 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9724 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9725 FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9726 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9727 MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9728 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9731 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9732 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9735 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9736 bool IsInstantiation) {
9737 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9738 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
9740 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9742 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
9744 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9745 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9751 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9752 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9753 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9754 // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9755 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9756 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9757 << FD->getResultType();
9758 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9760 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9761 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9762 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
9763 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9764 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9768 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9769 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9770 // is the first declaration.
9771 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9772 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9773 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9774 else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9775 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9776 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9777 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9780 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9781 // don't complain about missing return statements.
9782 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9783 WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9785 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9786 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
9787 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9788 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9790 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9791 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9792 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9793 FD->getResultType(), FD);
9795 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9796 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9797 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9799 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9800 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9801 // to deduce an implicit return type.
9802 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
9803 !FD->isDependentContext())
9804 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9807 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9808 "Function parsing confused");
9809 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9810 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9812 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9813 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9814 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9815 MD->getResultType(), MD);
9818 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9820 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9821 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9822 << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9823 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9829 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9830 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9831 "handled in the block above.");
9833 // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9835 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9836 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9838 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9839 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9841 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9842 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9843 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9844 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9845 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9846 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9848 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9849 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9850 CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9852 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9853 Destructor->getParent());
9856 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9857 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9858 // deletion in some later function.
9859 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9860 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9861 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9863 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9864 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9865 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9870 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9871 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9872 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9873 FD->setInvalidDecl();
9875 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9876 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9877 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9878 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9881 if (!IsInstantiation)
9884 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9885 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9886 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9887 // deletion in some later function.
9888 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9889 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9896 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9898 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9899 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9900 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9901 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9902 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9903 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9905 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9906 if (Method->isStatic())
9907 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9911 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9912 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9913 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9914 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9915 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9916 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9917 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9918 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9919 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9920 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9921 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9925 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9927 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9928 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9929 else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9930 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9932 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9933 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9935 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9936 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9937 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9938 TypoCorrection Corrected;
9939 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9940 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9941 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9942 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9943 /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9946 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9948 AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9949 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9951 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9952 (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9953 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9954 SourceLocation NoLoc;
9955 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9956 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9957 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9958 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9961 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9962 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9964 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9965 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9966 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9967 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9968 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9972 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9973 /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9978 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9980 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9982 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9983 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9985 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9988 CurContext = PrevDC;
9990 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9995 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9996 /// the declaration of this function.
9998 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9999 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10000 /// like NSLog or printf.
10002 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10003 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10004 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10005 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10008 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10009 // actual attributes.
10010 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10011 // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10012 unsigned FormatIdx;
10014 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10015 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10016 const char *fmt = "printf";
10017 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10018 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10019 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10021 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10022 &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10024 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
10027 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10029 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
10030 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10031 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10033 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
10036 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10037 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10038 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10039 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10040 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10041 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
10042 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10045 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10046 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10047 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10048 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10049 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10050 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
10051 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10054 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10057 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10058 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10059 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10060 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10061 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10062 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10067 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10068 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10069 // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10070 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
10071 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10072 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10073 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
10076 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10077 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10078 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10079 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10080 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
10084 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10086 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10087 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10090 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10091 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10094 // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10095 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10097 D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10101 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10102 if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10103 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10107 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10108 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10109 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10110 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10111 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10112 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10114 NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10117 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10118 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10119 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10120 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10121 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10122 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10123 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10126 case TST_interface:
10129 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10131 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10132 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10133 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10134 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10136 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10137 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10139 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed.
10140 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10143 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10144 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10156 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10157 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10158 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10159 QualType T = TI->getType();
10161 if (T->isDependentType())
10164 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10165 if (BT->isInteger())
10168 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10172 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10173 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10174 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10175 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10176 const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10177 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10179 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10180 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10181 << Prev->isScoped();
10182 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10186 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10187 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10188 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10189 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10190 Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10191 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10192 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10193 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10196 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10197 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10198 << Prev->isFixed();
10199 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10206 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10207 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10208 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10210 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10211 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10213 case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10214 case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10215 case TTK_Class: return 2;
10216 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10220 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10221 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10223 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10224 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10226 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10229 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10230 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10232 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10233 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10234 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10235 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10236 const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10237 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10238 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10239 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10240 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10241 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10242 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10243 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10244 // definition of the class. Thus, in any
10245 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10246 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10247 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10248 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10249 // declared using the class or struct class-key.
10250 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10251 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10252 if (OldTag == NewTag)
10255 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10256 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10257 bool isTemplate = false;
10258 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10259 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10261 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10262 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10263 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10264 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10265 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10266 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10270 if (isDefinition) {
10271 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10272 // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10273 if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10274 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10278 bool previousMismatch = false;
10279 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10280 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10281 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10282 if (!previousMismatch) {
10283 previousMismatch = true;
10284 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10285 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10286 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10288 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10289 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10290 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10291 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10297 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition
10298 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with
10299 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10300 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10301 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10302 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10306 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10307 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10308 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10309 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10311 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
10312 if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10313 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10314 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10315 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10316 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10324 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
10325 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
10326 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10327 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10328 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10329 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10330 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10331 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10332 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10333 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10334 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10335 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10336 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10337 TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
10338 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10339 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10340 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10341 "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10342 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10345 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10346 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10348 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10349 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10350 bool Invalid = false;
10352 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10353 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10354 // for non-C++ cases.
10355 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10356 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10357 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10358 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10359 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10360 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10361 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10362 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10366 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10367 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10368 // be a member of another template).
10374 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10375 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10376 TemplateParams, AS,
10378 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10379 TemplateParameterLists.data());
10380 return Result.get();
10382 // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10383 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10384 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10385 isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10390 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10391 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10393 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10395 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10396 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10397 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10398 // type, default to int.
10399 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10400 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10401 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10402 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10403 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10404 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10405 EnumUnderlying = TI;
10407 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10408 // Recover by falling back to int.
10409 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10411 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10412 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10413 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10415 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10416 // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10417 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10420 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10421 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10422 bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10424 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10425 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10426 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10428 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10429 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10430 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10431 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10433 // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10434 if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10436 goto CreateNewDecl;
10439 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10440 // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10441 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10442 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10444 IsDependent = true;
10448 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10450 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10456 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10460 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10461 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10463 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10466 if (Previous.empty()) {
10467 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10468 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10469 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10470 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10471 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10472 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10473 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10474 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10475 IsDependent = true;
10479 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10480 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10481 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10484 goto CreateNewDecl;
10487 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10488 // declaration or definition.
10489 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10490 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10491 // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10492 LookupName(Previous, S);
10494 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10495 // by types using'ed into this scope.
10496 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10497 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10498 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10499 while (F.hasNext()) {
10500 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10501 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10507 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10508 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10509 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10510 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10511 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10512 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10514 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10515 // semantic context?
10516 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10517 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10518 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10519 while (F.hasNext()) {
10520 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10521 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10522 if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10523 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10525 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10531 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10532 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10535 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10536 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10537 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10538 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10539 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10540 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10541 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10543 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10544 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10545 // initial context to the translation unit.
10546 // FIXME: [citation needed]
10547 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10550 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10551 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10552 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10553 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10554 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10558 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10559 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10560 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10561 isStdBadAlloc = true;
10563 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10564 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10565 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10566 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10567 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10571 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10572 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
10573 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10574 // there's a shadow friend decl.
10575 if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10576 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10577 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10578 assert(SS.isEmpty());
10580 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10581 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10582 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10584 // class-key identifier
10586 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10587 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10588 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10589 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10590 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10591 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10592 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10595 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10596 // C structs and unions.
10598 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10599 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
10600 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10601 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10603 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10604 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10606 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10607 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10608 // lexical context,
10609 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10610 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10612 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10613 while (S->isClassScope() ||
10614 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10615 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10616 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10617 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10618 S = S->getParent();
10620 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10621 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10622 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10623 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10624 // the innermost enclosing namespace.
10625 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10628 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10629 // diagnose some problems.
10630 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10631 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10632 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10636 if (!Previous.empty()) {
10637 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
10639 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10640 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
10641 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10644 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10645 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10646 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10647 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10649 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10650 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10651 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10652 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10653 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10654 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10657 Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10658 Previous.resolveKind();
10664 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10665 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10666 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10667 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10668 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10669 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10670 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10671 // struct or something similar.
10672 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10673 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10675 bool SafeToContinue
10676 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10678 if (SafeToContinue)
10679 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10681 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10682 PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10684 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10685 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10687 if (SafeToContinue)
10688 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10690 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10697 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10698 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10700 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10701 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10702 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10704 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10705 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10706 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10707 return PrevTagDecl;
10710 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10711 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10712 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
10713 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10714 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10716 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10717 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10718 // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10719 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10720 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10721 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10724 // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10725 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10726 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10727 // and then later defined.
10728 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10729 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10730 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10731 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10735 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10737 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10738 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10739 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10740 // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10741 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10742 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10743 return PrevTagDecl;
10745 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10746 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10747 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10748 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10749 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10750 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10751 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10752 if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10753 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10754 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10755 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10756 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10757 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10758 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10759 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10760 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10763 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10764 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10765 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10766 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10767 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10769 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10770 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10771 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10772 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10773 // references get the previous definition.
10779 // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10780 // about a nested redefinition.
10782 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10783 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10784 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10785 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10786 diag::note_previous_definition);
10793 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10794 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10797 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10798 // have a definition. Just create a new decl.
10801 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10802 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10803 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10804 // have distinct types.
10807 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10808 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10809 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10812 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10813 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10814 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10816 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10817 // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10818 // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10819 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10820 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10822 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10823 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10824 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10825 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10826 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10829 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10830 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10831 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10834 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10835 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10837 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10838 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10839 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10840 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10841 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10844 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
10846 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10848 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10849 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10850 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10851 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10854 // Otherwise, diagnose.
10856 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10857 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10858 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10859 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10864 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10865 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10872 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10873 if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10874 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10876 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10877 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10879 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10881 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10882 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10886 bool IsForwardReference = false;
10887 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10888 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10889 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
10890 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10891 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10892 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10893 // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10894 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10896 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10897 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10898 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10899 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10901 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10902 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10904 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10906 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10907 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10908 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10909 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10910 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10913 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10914 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10915 // the declaration context.
10916 if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10917 IsForwardReference = true;
10921 if (EnumUnderlying) {
10922 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10923 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10924 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10926 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10927 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10931 // struct/union/class
10933 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10934 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
10935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10936 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10937 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10938 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10940 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10941 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10943 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10944 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10947 // Maybe add qualifier info.
10948 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10950 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10951 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10952 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10953 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10954 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10955 if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10956 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10957 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10960 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10961 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10962 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10963 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10964 TemplateParameterLists.data());
10971 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10972 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10973 // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10975 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10976 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10977 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10978 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10979 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10980 // parsing of the struct).
10981 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10982 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10983 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10987 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10988 if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10991 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10992 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10993 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10994 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10995 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10996 New->setModulePrivate();
10999 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11000 // check the specialization.
11001 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11005 New->setInvalidDecl();
11008 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11010 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
11011 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
11012 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11013 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11015 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11016 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11017 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11019 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11020 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11021 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11022 // the tag name visible.
11023 if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11024 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11025 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11027 // Set the access specifier.
11028 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11029 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11031 if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11032 New->startDefinition();
11034 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11035 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11036 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11037 // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11039 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11041 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11042 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11043 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11044 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11045 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11047 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11048 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11049 if (IsForwardReference)
11050 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11053 CurContext->addDecl(New);
11056 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11057 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11058 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11059 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11061 Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11063 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
11064 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11065 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11066 InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
11067 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11070 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11072 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11074 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11077 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11078 // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11079 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11082 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11083 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11084 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11086 // Enter the tag context.
11087 PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11089 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11091 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11093 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11096 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11097 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11098 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11099 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11100 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11101 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11106 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11107 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11108 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11109 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11110 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11111 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11113 FieldCollector->StartClass();
11115 if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11118 if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11119 Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11120 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11123 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11124 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11125 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11126 // as if it were a public member name.
11127 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11128 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11129 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11130 Record->getIdentifier(),
11132 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11133 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11134 InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11135 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11136 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11137 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11138 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11139 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11140 "Broken injected-class-name");
11143 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11144 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11145 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11146 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11147 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11149 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11150 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11151 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11152 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11153 RD->completeDefinition();
11156 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11157 FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11159 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11162 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11163 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11164 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11166 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11167 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11168 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11171 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11172 // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11176 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11177 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11178 OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11179 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11182 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11183 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11184 OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11187 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11188 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11189 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11190 Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11192 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11193 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11194 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11195 RD->completeDefinition();
11198 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11199 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11200 // the FieldCollector.
11205 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11206 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11207 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11208 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11209 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11210 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11214 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11215 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11216 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11217 // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11218 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11219 return ExprError();
11221 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11222 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11223 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11224 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11225 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11226 UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11227 return ExprError();
11229 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11231 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11232 return Owned(BitWidth);
11234 llvm::APSInt Value;
11235 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11236 if (ICE.isInvalid())
11238 BitWidth = ICE.take();
11240 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11241 *ZeroWidth = false;
11243 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11244 if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11245 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11247 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11249 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11250 << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11251 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11252 << Value.toString(10);
11255 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11256 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11257 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11258 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) {
11260 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11261 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11262 << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11264 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11265 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11269 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11270 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11271 << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11273 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11274 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11278 return Owned(BitWidth);
11281 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11282 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11283 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11284 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11285 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11286 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11287 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11291 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11293 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11294 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11295 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11296 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11297 AccessSpecifier AS) {
11298 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11299 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11300 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11302 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11303 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11304 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11305 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11307 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11308 UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11309 D.setInvalidType();
11311 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11315 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11316 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11318 D.setInvalidType();
11321 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11322 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11323 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11325 D.setInvalidType();
11328 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11330 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11332 diag::err_invalid_thread)
11333 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11335 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11336 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11337 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11338 LookupName(Previous, S);
11339 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11340 case LookupResult::Found:
11341 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11342 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11345 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11346 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11349 case LookupResult::NotFound:
11350 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11351 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11354 Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11356 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11357 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11358 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11359 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11363 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11367 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11368 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11370 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11371 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11373 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11374 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11377 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11379 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11380 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11381 // with the same name in the same scope.
11383 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11385 Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11390 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11392 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11393 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11394 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11397 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11399 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11400 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11401 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11402 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11403 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11404 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11405 SourceLocation TSSL,
11406 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11408 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11409 bool InvalidDecl = false;
11410 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11412 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11413 // marking this declaration as invalid.
11415 InvalidDecl = true;
11419 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11420 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11421 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11422 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11423 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11424 InvalidDecl = true;
11427 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11428 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11429 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11430 InvalidDecl = true;
11435 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11436 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11438 InvalidDecl = true;
11441 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11442 // than a variably modified type.
11443 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11444 bool SizeIsNegative;
11445 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11447 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11448 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11452 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11453 TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11454 T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11456 if (SizeIsNegative)
11457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11458 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11459 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11460 << Oversized.toString(10);
11462 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11463 InvalidDecl = true;
11467 // Fields can not have abstract class types
11468 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11469 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11470 AbstractFieldType))
11471 InvalidDecl = true;
11473 bool ZeroWidth = false;
11474 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11475 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11476 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11477 &ZeroWidth).take();
11479 InvalidDecl = true;
11485 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11486 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11487 unsigned DiagID = 0;
11488 if (T->isReferenceType())
11489 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11490 else if (T.isConstQualified())
11491 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11494 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11495 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11496 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11497 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11499 InvalidDecl = true;
11503 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11504 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11506 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11508 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11509 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11510 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11511 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11514 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11515 if (Record->isUnion()) {
11516 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11517 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11518 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11519 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11520 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11521 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11522 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11524 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11525 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11529 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11530 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11532 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11533 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11534 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11535 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11536 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11537 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11543 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11544 // representation, not a parser representation.
11546 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11547 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11549 if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11550 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11553 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11554 // retainable type.
11555 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11556 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11558 if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11559 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11561 NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11565 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11567 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11569 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11572 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11573 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11574 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11575 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11576 // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11577 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11578 // copy constructors.
11580 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11581 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11582 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11583 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11584 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11585 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11586 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11587 member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11588 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11589 member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11590 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11591 member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11592 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11593 member = CXXDestructor;
11595 if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11596 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11597 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11598 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11599 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11600 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11601 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11602 // members unavailable.
11603 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11604 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11605 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11606 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
11607 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11612 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11613 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11614 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11615 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11616 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11617 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11625 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11626 /// AST enum value.
11627 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11628 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11629 switch (ivarVisibility) {
11630 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11631 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11632 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11633 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11634 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11638 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11639 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11640 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11641 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11642 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11643 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11645 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11646 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11647 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11648 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11650 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11651 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11653 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11654 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11657 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11658 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11660 D.setInvalidType();
11667 if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11669 D.setInvalidType();
11671 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11672 // than a variably modified type.
11673 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11675 D.setInvalidType();
11678 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11679 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11680 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11681 : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11682 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11683 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11684 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11686 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11687 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11688 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11689 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11690 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11691 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11692 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11695 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11697 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11698 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11699 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11704 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11707 // Construct the decl.
11708 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11709 DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11710 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11713 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11715 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11716 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11717 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11718 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11719 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11723 // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11724 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11726 if (D.isInvalidType())
11727 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11729 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11730 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11731 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11733 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11734 NewID->setModulePrivate();
11737 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11738 // these to the interface.
11740 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11743 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11744 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11745 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11750 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11751 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11752 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11753 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11754 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11755 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11756 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11759 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11760 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11762 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11766 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11767 if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11770 // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11774 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11775 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11776 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11778 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11779 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11781 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11783 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11785 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11788 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11789 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11790 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11791 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11793 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11794 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11795 // it will now change.
11796 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11797 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11798 switch (DC->getKind()) {
11800 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11801 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11803 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11805 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11810 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11812 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11813 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11814 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11816 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11817 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11818 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11819 if (IFD->getDeclName())
11824 // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11825 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11827 bool ARCErrReported = false;
11828 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11830 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11832 // Get the type for the field.
11833 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11835 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11836 // Remember all fields written by the user.
11837 RecFields.push_back(FD);
11840 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11841 // diagnostics about it.
11842 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11843 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11848 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11849 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11850 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11851 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11852 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11853 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11854 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11855 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11857 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11858 // Field declared as a function.
11859 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11860 << FD->getDeclName();
11861 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11862 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11864 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11865 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11866 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11867 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11868 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11869 // Flexible array member.
11870 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11871 // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11872 // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11873 unsigned DiagID = 0;
11874 if (Record->isUnion())
11875 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11876 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11877 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11878 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11879 : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11880 else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11881 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11882 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11883 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11884 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11885 : NumNamedMembers < 1
11886 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11890 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
11891 << Record->getTagKind();
11892 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
11893 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
11894 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible
11895 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
11897 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
11898 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
11899 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
11900 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11901 if (!getLangOpts().C99)
11902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11903 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11905 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11906 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11907 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11908 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11909 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11910 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11913 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11915 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11916 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11917 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11918 diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11920 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11921 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11923 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11924 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11925 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11926 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11927 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11929 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11930 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11932 if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11934 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11936 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11937 // other structs as an extension.
11938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11939 << FD->getDeclName();
11941 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11945 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11946 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11947 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11948 AbstractIvarType)) {
11949 // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11950 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11952 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11953 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11954 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11955 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11956 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11957 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11958 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11959 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11960 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11962 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11963 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11964 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11965 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11966 // so we just make the field unavailable.
11967 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11968 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11969 QualType T = FD->getType();
11970 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11971 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11972 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11973 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11974 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11975 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11976 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11979 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11980 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11982 ARCErrReported = true;
11984 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11985 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11986 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11987 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11988 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11989 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11990 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11991 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11992 if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11993 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11994 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11995 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11996 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11997 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12000 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12001 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12002 // Keep track of the number of named members.
12003 if (FD->getIdentifier())
12007 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12009 bool Completed = false;
12010 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12011 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12012 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12013 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12014 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12015 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12016 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12018 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12019 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12020 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12022 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12023 CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12025 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
12026 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
12027 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
12028 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
12029 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12032 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12033 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12035 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12036 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12038 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12039 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12040 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12042 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12043 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12045 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12046 SOEnd = M->second.end();
12047 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12048 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12049 "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12050 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12053 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12054 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12055 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12056 // program is ill-formed.
12057 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12058 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12059 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12060 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12061 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12062 OM = SO->second.begin(),
12063 OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12065 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12066 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12068 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12071 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12079 Record->completeDefinition();
12081 if (Record->hasAttrs())
12082 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12084 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12085 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12086 // compatibility problems.
12087 bool CheckForZeroSize;
12088 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12089 CheckForZeroSize = true;
12091 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12092 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12094 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12095 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12096 CXXRecord->isCLike();
12098 if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12099 bool ZeroSize = true;
12100 bool IsEmpty = true;
12101 unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12102 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12103 E = Record->field_end();
12104 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12106 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12107 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12111 QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12112 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12113 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12118 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12119 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12120 // extern "C" block.
12122 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12123 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12124 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12125 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12128 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12129 // but are accepted by GCC.
12130 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12131 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12132 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12133 << Record->isUnion();
12137 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12138 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12139 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12140 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12141 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12142 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12143 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12144 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12146 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12148 if (ID->getSuperClass())
12149 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12150 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12151 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12152 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12153 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12154 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12155 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12156 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12157 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12158 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12159 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12160 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12161 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12162 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12163 // reported as errors elsewhere.
12164 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12165 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12166 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12167 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12168 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12169 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12171 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12172 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12173 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12174 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12175 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12178 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12179 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12180 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12181 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12182 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12183 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12184 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12185 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12186 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12191 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12192 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12194 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12195 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12200 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12203 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12204 /// the given type T.
12205 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12206 llvm::APSInt &Value,
12208 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12209 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12211 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12212 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12214 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12216 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12219 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12220 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12221 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12222 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12223 // enum checking below.
12224 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12225 const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12226 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12227 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12229 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12230 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12231 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12234 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12235 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12236 : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12237 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12238 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12244 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12245 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12246 SourceLocation IdLoc,
12247 IdentifierInfo *Id,
12249 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12250 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12253 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12257 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12260 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12261 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12263 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12265 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12266 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12267 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12268 // constant expression of the underlying type.
12269 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12270 ExprResult Converted =
12271 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12273 if (Converted.isInvalid())
12276 Val = Converted.take();
12277 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12278 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12279 &EnumVal).take())) {
12280 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12282 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12283 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12285 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12286 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12287 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12288 // expression checking.
12289 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12290 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12291 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12292 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12294 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12296 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12297 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12298 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12299 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12300 // is the type of its initializing value:
12301 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12302 // initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12303 EltTy = Val->getType();
12306 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12307 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12308 // representable as an int.
12310 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12311 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12312 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12313 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12314 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12315 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12316 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12317 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12319 EltTy = Val->getType();
12326 if (Enum->isDependentType())
12327 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12328 else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12329 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12330 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12331 // is the type of its initializing value:
12332 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12333 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12335 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12337 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12338 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12341 EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12344 // Assign the last value + 1.
12345 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12347 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12349 // Check for overflow on increment.
12350 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12351 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12352 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12353 // is the type of its initializing value:
12355 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12356 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12357 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12358 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12359 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12360 // exists, the program is ill-formed.
12361 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12362 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12363 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12364 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12365 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12366 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12368 if (Enum->isFixed())
12369 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12370 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12371 << EnumVal.toString(10)
12374 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12375 << EnumVal.toString(10);
12380 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12381 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12382 // value, then increment.
12383 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12384 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12385 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12388 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12389 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12390 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12391 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12393 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12394 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12395 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12396 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12397 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12398 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12399 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12404 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12405 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12406 // enumerator's type.
12407 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12408 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12411 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12416 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12417 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12418 AttributeList *Attr,
12419 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12420 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12421 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12422 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12424 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
12425 // we find one that is.
12426 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12428 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12430 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12432 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12433 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12434 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12435 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12440 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12441 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12442 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12443 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12444 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12445 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12448 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12449 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12454 // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12455 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12456 // different from T:
12457 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12459 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12460 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12461 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12462 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12463 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12464 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12466 EnumConstantDecl *New =
12467 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12470 // Process attributes.
12471 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12473 // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12474 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12475 PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12478 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12483 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12484 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12485 // Element2 = Element1
12486 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12487 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12488 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12489 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12490 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12493 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12495 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12496 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12498 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12501 if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12504 InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12507 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12508 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12512 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12516 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12525 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12526 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12527 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12530 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12531 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12535 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12536 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12537 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12538 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12539 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12541 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12542 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12543 LHS.val == RHS.val;
12547 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12548 // a previous element has already been set to.
12549 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12551 QualType EnumType) {
12552 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12553 Enum->getLocation()) ==
12554 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12556 // Avoid anonymous enums
12557 if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12560 // Only check for small enums.
12561 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12564 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12565 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12567 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12568 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12571 DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12572 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12574 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12576 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12577 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12579 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12580 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12585 if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12588 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12589 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12591 // First time encountering this value.
12592 if (Entry.isNull())
12596 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12597 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12598 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12599 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12602 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12604 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12605 if (Entry.isNull())
12608 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12609 // Ensure constants are different.
12613 // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12614 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12616 Vec->push_back(ECD);
12618 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12621 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12623 DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12627 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12628 // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12629 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12632 Vec->push_back(ECD);
12635 // Emit diagnostics.
12636 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12637 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12638 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12639 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12640 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12642 // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12643 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12644 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12645 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12646 << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12649 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12651 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12652 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12653 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12654 << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12659 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12660 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12661 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12662 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12663 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12664 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12667 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12669 if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12670 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12671 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12672 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12673 if (!ECD) continue;
12675 ECD->setType(EnumType);
12678 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12682 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12683 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12685 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12686 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12687 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12689 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12690 // reverse the list.
12691 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12692 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12694 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12695 bool AllElementsInt = true;
12697 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12698 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12699 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12700 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
12702 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12704 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12705 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12706 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12707 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12709 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12710 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12712 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12713 if (AllElementsInt)
12714 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12717 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12719 unsigned BestWidth;
12721 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12722 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12723 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12724 // of the following types that can represent all the values of
12725 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12726 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12728 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12729 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12730 QualType BestPromotionType;
12732 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
12733 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12734 // enum definitions.
12735 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12738 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12739 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12740 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12741 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12743 BestPromotionType = BestType;
12744 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12745 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12746 // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12747 BestWidth = CharWidth;
12749 else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12750 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12751 // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12752 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12753 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12754 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12755 BestWidth = CharWidth;
12756 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12757 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12758 BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12759 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12760 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12761 BestType = Context.IntTy;
12762 BestWidth = IntWidth;
12764 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12766 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12767 BestType = Context.LongTy;
12769 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12771 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12772 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12773 BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12776 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12778 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12779 // all of the enumerator values.
12780 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12781 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12782 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12783 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12784 BestWidth = CharWidth;
12785 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12786 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12787 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12788 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12789 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12790 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12791 BestWidth = IntWidth;
12793 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12794 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12795 } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12796 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12797 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12799 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12800 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12802 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12803 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12804 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12805 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12807 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12808 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12812 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12813 // the type of the enum if needed.
12814 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12815 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12816 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
12818 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12819 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
12820 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12821 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12822 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12824 // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12825 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12827 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
12828 // the enum decl type.
12832 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12833 !Enum->isFixed() &&
12834 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12835 NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12836 NewWidth = IntWidth;
12838 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12839 // Already the right type!
12840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12841 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12842 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12844 ECD->setType(EnumType);
12848 NewWidth = BestWidth;
12849 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12852 // Adjust the APSInt value.
12853 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12854 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12855 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12857 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12858 if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12859 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12860 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12862 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12866 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12867 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12869 ECD->setType(EnumType);
12871 ECD->setType(NewTy);
12874 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12875 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12877 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12878 // it needs to go into the function scope.
12879 if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12880 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12882 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12884 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12885 if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12886 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12889 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12890 SourceLocation StartLoc,
12891 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12892 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12894 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12895 AsmString, StartLoc,
12897 CurContext->addDecl(New);
12901 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12902 SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12903 ModuleIdPath Path) {
12904 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12905 Module::AllVisible,
12906 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12910 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12911 Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12912 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12913 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12914 // We need the length to be consistent.
12917 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12919 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12922 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12923 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12924 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12925 Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12926 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12930 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
12931 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
12932 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
12933 /*Complain=*/true);
12936 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12937 // Create the implicit import declaration.
12938 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12939 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12941 TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12942 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12944 // Make the module visible.
12945 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12946 /*Complain=*/false);
12949 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12950 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12951 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12952 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12953 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12954 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12955 LookupOrdinaryName);
12956 AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12957 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12960 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12962 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12963 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12966 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12967 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12968 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12969 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12972 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12974 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12975 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12976 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12980 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12981 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12982 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12983 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12984 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12985 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12986 LookupOrdinaryName);
12987 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12990 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12991 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12992 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12994 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12995 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12999 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13000 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13003 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13004 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13005 return D->getAvailability();